2 0 1 3
A N N U A L R E P O R T
P O R T F O L I O R E C O V E R Y A S S O C I A T E S , I N C .
800000
700000
600000
500000
400000
300000
200000
100000
0
3000
2500
2000
1500
1000
500
0
1200
1150
1100
1050
1000
950
900
850
800
750
700
650
600
550
500
450
400
350
300
250
200
150
100
50
0
25
20
15
10
5
0
800000
700000
600000
500000
400000
300000
200000
100000
0
200
150
100
50
0
1500000
1200000
900000
600000
300000
0
3.5
3.0
2.5
2.0
1.5
1.0
0.5
0.0
PORTFOLIO RECOVERY ASSOCIATES, INC. is a financial and business services company
operating in the U.S. and the U.K.
Since its inception in 1996, PRA has grown to become a leader in the U.S. debt buying industry,
returning capital to client banks and other creditors to help expand financial services for consumers.
PRA acquires consumer debt, then collaborates with customers to create realistic, affordable
debt repayment plans in compliance with consumer protection laws. The company also acquires
$3,000
consumer debt included in bankruptcy court cases, filing claims to receive customer payments
from court trustees. In addition, PRA provides a broad range of collection and recovery services to
$2,500
business and government clients.
In 2013, PRA was again ranked among Fortune’s 100 Fastest-Growing Companies and Forbes’ Top 25
$2,000
Best Small Companies in America.
$1,500
Portfolio Acquisitions
(in millions)
$1,000
Bankruptcy Claims
Core Accounts
$657
$500
$539
$408
$367
$289
0
Cash Receipts
Cash Collections plus Fee Income
(in millions)
$1,214
$971
$763
$592
$433
Revenues
(in millions)
$373
$281
$735
$593
$459
09
10
11
12
13
09
10
11
12
13
09
10
11
12
13
Cash Collections (in millions)
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
From portfolios acquired in:
$1,200
$1,000
$800
$600
2013
2012
2011
2010
2009
2008
2007
2006
2005
1996–2004
$101
$127
$74
$400
$44
$200
$175
22%
20%
18%
17%
14%
$3.45
$2.46
$1.95
$1.45
$0.96
09
10
11
12
13
09
10
11
12
13
09
10
11
12
13
0
800000
700000
600000
500000
400000
300000
200000
100000
0
200
150
100
50
0
1500000
1200000
900000
600000
300000
0
3.5
3.0
2.5
2.0
1.5
1.0
0.5
0.0
800000
700000
600000
500000
400000
300000
200000
100000
0
25
20
15
10
5
0
3000
2500
2000
1500
1000
500
0
1200
1150
1100
1050
1000
950
900
850
800
750
700
650
600
550
500
450
400
350
300
250
200
150
100
50
0
Financial Highlights
$657
$539
$408
$367
($ in millions, except earnings per share)
$289
Revenues
Operating Income
Net Income attributable to PRA
$1,214
$971
$763
$592
$433
Earnings Per Share diluted
12
10
11
09
13
09
10
11
12
13
Operating Margin
Net Margin
Return on Average Equity
Net Finance Receivables
Total Assets
Total Debt
Stockholders’ Equity
$735
$593
$459
$373
$281
2011
$ 459
$ 178
$ 101
$ 1.95
38.8%
22.0%
18.5%
$ 927
$ 1,071
$ 221
$ 595
2012
$ 593
$ 216
$ 127
2013
$ 735
$ 298
$ 175
09
$ 2.46
10
11
36.4%
12
$ 3.45
13
40.5%
21.3%
19.6%
$ 1,079
$ 1,289
$ 328
$ 708
24.1%
22.2%
$ 1,239
$ 1,601
$ 452
$ 869
Net Income attributable to PRA
(in millions)
Return on Average Equity
Earnings Per Share diluted
$3.45
$175
$127
22%
20%
18%
17%
14%
$101
$74
$44
$2.46
$1.95
$1.45
$0.96
09
10
11
12
13
09
10
11
12
13
09
10
11
12
13
Estimated Remaining Collections (in millions)
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
Bankruptcy Claims
Core Accounts
$3,000
$2,500
$2,000
$1,500
$1,000
$500
0
$1,200
$1,000
$800
$600
$400
$200
0
Letter to
Shareholders
Portfolio Recovery Associates’ competitive strengths are the direct
result of the company’s disciplined and rational approach to
doing business. Working together, these strengths allow PRA
to outperform competitors through a wide variety of economic
conditions. In 2013, PRA was especially successful at turning
these strengths into competitive advantage, as debt sellers
prepared to meet new regulatory guidelines and the debt
buying industry continued to consolidate.
This was quite a year for PRA. Even
after exceptional annual growth rates
in each of the past three years, PRA
managed to drive net income growth
of 38% in 2013, an achievement that
represents a quadrupling of PRA’s
2009 net income.
As exciting as this achievement was,
PRA also deployed a record $657 mil-
lion in new purchases of bankruptcy
and charged-off core accounts, while
collecting more than $1 billion for
the first time in a single year from our
existing portfolios. Our record purchas-
ing volume also enabled us to drive
estimated remaining collections (ERC)
to a record level of $2.7 billion, split
between $1.85 billion of core ERC and
$823 million of bankruptcy ERC. I am
very proud of our PRA employees
who helped to achieve each of these
accomplishments for our shareholders.
A New World for Debt Buyers
The year brought a significant amount
of consolidation to the debt purchase
marketplace. Because of steadily
increasing pricing, competition from
more effective collection operations,
and very stringent compliance require-
ments from the selling banks, a num-
ber of our competitors either exited the
market outright or curtailed buying.
By year-end 2013, many banks were
selling to a group of buyers that was a
fraction of the size of the buying group
at year-end 2012.
The debt purchase industry is now
largely comprised of sophisticated,
experienced buyers.
Driving this trend was the Office of
the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC),
the Treasury Department bureau that
serves to charter, regulate and super-
vise national banks. In mid-2013, the
OCC distributed a document outlining
best practices for debt sales by banks
subject to its authority.
A first-of-its-kind document from a
regulator, this OCC guidance did
more to shape the actions of selling
banks than anything else we have
experienced in our nearly 20 years
in this industry. Restrictions on debt
resale, concerns about offshored
collectors and data, and limitations
on blanket legal collection activities
were consumer-friendly OCC pro-
posals that PRA fully supports. The
OCC also suggested higher levels of
supporting account documentation as
well as very deep and more frequent
buyer qualification audits, two more
critical, smart moves.
PRA began to participate in a number
of these new audits, each an exhaus-
tive process. They are now multi-day
affairs involving large teams from both
seller and buyer, as a comprehensive
list of policies and procedures is
reviewed and tested. Although time-
consuming and costly, we believe
these new, heightened audit reviews
will ultimately prove beneficial to cus-
tomers, and will help make the debt
purchase industry more professional
in the long run.
Compliance—A Key Strength
In 2013, a key focus of these seller
audits was buyer compliance with
consumer protection laws. PRA has
been focused on compliance since
its inception nearly 20 years ago,
a significant competitive strength.
Through the years, PRA has adopted
such consumer-friendly policies as
applying payments to principal first,
prohibiting account resale, and refus-
ing to charge insufficient funds fees,
convenience fees or electronic check
fees. PRA also ensures that our
account representatives successfully
pass background checks and drug
screenings. These policies have been
part of our operating philosophy since
we first opened for business.
Over time, PRA has expanded policies
focused on the consumer, refusing to
reset expired statutes of limitation with
consumer payments, and no longer
charging interest of any kind on our
customer accounts outside of court-
ordered imposition. The industry is
in the midst of initial rulemaking being
undertaken by the Consumer Finan cial
Protection Bureau (CFPB). We hope
to see many of these PRA policies
included as CFPB rules for protecting
consumers.
We believe the CFPB should lead with
prudent rulemaking and follow with
enforcement. PRA, along with other
reputable industry participants, is
ready to follow the rules and regula-
tions that come our way. But, we
believe that guidance and clarification
of the laws in the form of definitive rules
should be in place. This will ensure
that rules are interpreted uniformly,
that all are playing by the same rules,
and that reputable companies are
not penalized for failure to adhere to
unknown and unpublished interpreta-
tions of rules. We trust that the CFPB
remains interested in the rights and
fairness of both the col lections indus-
try and the American consumer.
Turning Strengths into Advantage
In addition to our disciplined compli-
ance efforts, PRA’s competitive
strengths include our superior under-
writing capabilities, best-in-class
operations, and plentiful access to
2
low-cost capital. These strengths
have allowed us to outperform our
competition through a wide variety of
economic conditions and consistently
deliver value to our shareholders.
In 2013, these strengths were a com-
petitive advantage that enabled our
stellar performance, in spite of a lower
volume of accounts for sale.
We believe some selling banks pulled
back from the market as they assessed
their existing debt sale processes in
response to the new OCC guidelines.
This negatively affected the volume of
accounts being sold into the market
in 2013 and is a trend that may continue
in 2014. PRA believes that most if not
all sellers will have completed their
debt sale process redesign by 2015,
and sales volumes should return to
more normal levels.
PRA’s diversified business model,
another key competitive strength,
allowed us to follow market oppor-
tunity to purchase either core or
bankruptcy receivables, unlike most
of our competitors.
In 2013, we saw our debt buying shift
back to a majority of core investment
(63%) versus bankruptcy investment
(37%), as opposed to the equilibrium
that had prevailed in 2011 and 2012,
or the bankruptcy majority in 2009
and 2010. The market for purchase of
bankruptcy claims has been affected
by several sequential years of double-
digit rates of decline in bankruptcy
filings, as well as fierce competition
from several bankruptcy-buying com-
petitors. In our core business, PRA
was able to acquire additional volume,
capitalizing on reduced demand from
competitors.
Finding Profitable Opportunity
To take advantage of what we view
as generationally low interest rates,
PRA also completed our first convert-
ible debt offering. In August 2013,
PRA raised $287.5 million at a coupon
rate of 3.00% for seven years, with a
30% convertible premium. To mini-
mize the long-term effect of dilution,
we coupled this raise with a concur-
rent stock repurchase of 1 million
shares. Our convertible offering
established PRA with a new group of
investors, while helping us diversify
our funding sources beyond lending
banks, a move we believe is positive
long-term for both PRA and the banks
who lend to us.
The funds raised from the convertible
offering helped put us in the advan-
tageous position in which we find
ourselves today, where we can realisti-
cally cast our sights on significant
geographic expansion and still main-
tain a strong balance sheet.
Our move into the U.K. market with our
early 2012 purchase of a small debt
collection company was our initial
step along that strategy. Armed with
two years of in-market experience, we
announced in February 2014 our next
move on this journey of geographic
expansion: the acquisition of pan-
European debt buyer Aktiv Kapital.
With an anticipated close date in the
second quarter of 2014, after fulfilling
various regulatory and customary
closing conditions, we anticipate this
transaction to be transformative for
PRA. With access to 13 new markets,
many of which Aktiv Kapital has been
in for a decade or more, this combina-
tion will create the preeminent global
player in the debt purchase arena.
I am extremely excited about the future
of PRA that the Aktiv Kapital acquisi-
tion will help enable. I see the com-
petitive strengths that delivered a
record year for shareholders in 2013
also continuing to enable PRA to
remain a dominant force in each of
our markets for years to come. PRA’s
3
growth over the last several years,
sustained by the efforts of our disci-
plined and creative employees, lays
the foundation for our company’s
success in the future.
Steve Fredrickson
Chairman, President and
Chief Executive Officer
April 2014
4
Competitive
Strengths
Since 1996, PRA has taken a deliberate, systematic approach to building
the company’s primary debt buying business. This approach has
resulted in strengths that have become more powerful in the U.S. market
through the years. In 2013, these strengths were a source of substantial
competitive advantage for the company in the U.S. debt buying industry.
RELATIONSHIPS
BUSINESS INTEGRATION
COMPLIANCE
PRA emphasizes transparency, timeli-
ness and fairness when conducting
business—and the quality of relation-
ships that result is a key strength. The
company’s enduring, deep relationships
with U.S. debt sellers help ensure that
PRA has access to a broad selection
of portfolios offered for sale, while the
company’s deep lender relationships
help secure financing at advanta-
geous terms.
This emphasis on forthright and fair
relationships also is critical to the
company’s compliance efforts. In con-
versations with financially distressed
customers, PRA’s representatives make
sure customers not only understand
their rights, but also see the value of
repaying their debt to improve their
financial health.
PRA is vertically integrated. In the U.S.
consumer debt buying business, for
example, PRA conducts all the pricing
and call center activities required to
acquire portfolios and collect cash.
From a financial point of view, it means
the company does not sacrifice margin
by allocating functions to third parties.
This vertical integration ensures that
PRA maximizes efficiencies, enabling
better compliance with consumer
protection laws.
PRA also is horizontally integrated. When
a bankruptcy case is dismissed, PRA
can pursue collections through its core
customer operations. When a core
customer files for bankruptcy, PRA is
able to file a claim in bankruptcy court
and receive payments from a bank-
ruptcy court trustee.
PRA has always made a practice of
going beyond the letter of the law when
complying with local, state and federal
regulations in the U.S. that protect
financially distressed consumers.
In the aftermath of the recession, U.S.
regulators are more carefully monitoring
creditor, collection agency and debt
buyer interactions with consumers. More
than ever before, creditors must now
be confident when selling debt that
their former customers will be treated
respectfully and in accordance with
all laws and regulations. PRA’s record
of compliance is a significant compet-
itive strength, validated by compre-
hensive debt seller audits.
STRONG BALANCE SHEET
AND ACCESS TO CAPITAL
DIVERSIFIED BUSINESS
DATA ACQUISITION
AND ANALYSIS
PRA’s access to low-cost financing
and capital allows the company to be
opportunistic, enabling it to purchase
large portfolios of consumer receiv-
ables or bankruptcy claims whenever
the return on investment is attractive.
The reason for the company’s access
to low-cost capital is its strong balance
sheet—and that in turn rests on pru-
dent financial management, a commit-
ment to operational excellence, and a
reliable revenue and earnings stream
from collections. Debt sellers also
value buyers with the financial strength
to purchase substantial portfolios on
a regular basis.
PRA has diversified its consumer debt
buying business beyond reliance on
unsecured credit card receivables into
unsecured and secured bankruptcy
claims. PRA’s diversified U.S. fee-for-
service companies are focused on
collection and recovery of claims or
collateral.
This diversification gives the company
the flexibility to shift resources from one
product type or country to another in
order to maximize profitability. In the
lead-up to the recession, PRA placed
greater emphasis on acquiring bank-
ruptcy claims. As consumers began
to recover from the recession, PRA
found new value in higher-quality, core
customer receivables.
5
Success in any business depends on
the ability to understand the customer.
PRA’s unique database of customer
information, developed from 35 million
accounts over nearly 20 years, allows
PRA to more accurately predict cus-
tomer behavior and use that knowledge
to underwrite and target collection
efforts more efficiently.
This database has become increasingly
valuable over time and difficult for
any competitor to replicate. As less-
resilient companies leave the market
in the face of more stringent regulatory
requirements, it is unlikely that any new
competitor will be able to compile a
similar database.
Portfolio
Acquisition
In 2013, PRA acquired a record amount of consumer debt in a single
year, investing $657 million. When acquiring new portfolios, PRA’s
underwriting and pricing capabilities can extend across multiple asset
classes and account dispositions. But in every case, the decision to
acquire rests on unique insights derived from the company’s analysis
of its database of 35 million accounts. This analysis gives PRA the
ability to acquire portfolios of core customer accounts or bankruptcy
claims opportunistically, only when the data leads the company to con-
clude that portfolios can be priced to meet or exceed PRA’s expected
rates of return.
UNDERWRITING
Over the last year, the landscape for
debt buying has changed significantly.
But the close integration of PRA’s
consumer debt businesses and the
company’s emphasis on data-driven
analytics gives PRA a significant
advantage when appraising the value
of portfolios on the market.
PRA’s other strengths add to the com-
pany’s competitive advantage when
acquiring portfolios. Members of
the underwriting team have long-term
PRICING
relationships with their counterparts at
selling financial institutions, ensuring
that the company is aware of the sales
opportunities that become available.
access to capital make PRA attractive
to banks ready to redeploy proceeds
from the sale of their charged-off debt
back into the credit cycle.
At a time when regulators are increas-
ingly concerned about banks’ treatment
of financially distressed customers,
PRA’s well-established record of com-
pliance reassures selling banks, which
continue to include PRA on their short-
lists of approved debt buyers. The
company’s strong balance sheet and
In the U.K., PRA also continues to
develop its analytical and underwriting
capacity, enabling the company to
value and price portfolios with greater
confidence.
PRA’s database of 35 million accounts,
containing records of customer interac-
tions since 1996, gives the company
the ability to confidently calculate bid
pricing with a goal of making investments
in port folios that meet or exceed PRA’s
expected rates of return.
On average, PRA believes these cus-
tomers are better able to recover from
their financial setbacks. The yield
on these more recently purchased
accounts, accordingly, has trended
higher over time—and that, in turn, has
provided for higher pricing.
Since the economic crisis of 2008, the
quality of credit card receivables for
sale has improved as major banks have
imposed stricter standards for consumer
bor rowing. As a result, customers with
accounts in these portfolios for sale
had better credit profiles at origination
than those customers of previous years.
PRA’s analytic models continued to
predict that the company would meet
or exceed its performance goals even
in a higher pricing environment. As a
result, PRA acquired a record amount
of these receivables in 2013—$414
million in core customer debt.
Meanwhile, the market for bankruptcy
claims became increasingly competi-
tive in 2013 as the supply of unsecured
bankruptcy claims in the U.S. dimin-
ished as the economy improved.
With its acquisition of National Capital
Management assets in 2012, PRA now
has the option of acquiring bankruptcy
claims secured by auto mobile collateral
at attractive prices. PRA acquired $243
million in both secured and unsecured
bankruptcy claims in 2013.
6
7
8
Cash
Collections
The process of collecting cash to pay down or pay off a customer’s
PRA account can vary—from communications with a customer by
phone to filing a bankruptcy court claim and receiving payment from a
court trustee. In 2013, for the first time in a single year, PRA collected
more than $1 billion in cash from nearly 10 million customer payments.
This success was made possible by PRA’s ability to analyze data and
match the most appropriate action with a customer’s readiness to pay.
PRA’s strong revenue from finance receivables in 2013—$664 million—
resulted from the company’s ability to establish productive relationships
with its customers.
CORE CUSTOMER ACCOUNTS
more than 200 call center representa-
tives, many fluent in both Spanish and
English, to help manage sellers’ former
bilingual customer accounts. The move
also further strengthened the company’s
ability to reassure sellers complying
with growing bank regulator concerns
about managing their former customer
accounts and data offshore.
In 2013, PRA UK increased its cash
collections over 2012. Just as in the U.S.,
PRA will no longer resell U.K. accounts
to others. This decision will enable PRA
to leverage country- specific data in its
collection process, better understand
unique, local consumer behaviors, and
improve the efficiency and effective-
ness of its U.K. collection operations.
PRA also assures sellers that it is com-
plying with consumer protection laws
by committing to recording and docu-
menting customer calls. PRA’s interac-
tions with customers on these calls are
measured against regulatory require-
ments, and help PRA implement and
enforce stringent compliance policies
and procedures.
PRA generated a 21% increase in core
customer collections to $673 million in
2013, reflecting gains in efficiency in
the U.S. and the U.K. Some U.S. cus-
tomers with the ability to repay their debt
consistently refuse opportunities offered
to resolve their accounts. Legal collec-
tions from these customers contributed
$319 million in 2013.
PRA’s growth in collections was largely
the result of its call center representa-
tives’ continued success in working
with customers to pay back their debt.
In 2013, PRA opened its seventh call
center in the U.S., closing its small
offshore offices. The company’s new
Dallas-Fort Worth office will employ
BANKRUPTCY CLAIMS
Cash payments from PRA’s customers
in bankruptcy cases reached $470
million in 2013, representing 41% of
the company’s total cash collections.
When PRA purchases an account that
is included in a bankruptcy case, it
files a claim with the bankruptcy court,
validating the balance owed on the
account. Bankruptcy customers make
payments to a trustee, who distributes
payments to PRA as a creditor of these
customers. Because Chapter 13 bank-
ruptcy is a highly regulated and closely
scrutinized area of the law, compliance is
paramount. PRA’s success in this busi-
ness reflects its strength in analytics, its
ability to follow the procedures required
in hundreds of court jurisdictions, and
its processes for managing documents
and filing claims in each case. This
system is codified in PRA’s proprietary
Bankruptcy Management System.
In addition, PRA’s relationships with
bankruptcy court trustees is a key
strength, helping the company maintain
a flow of payments from individual
trustees as it purchases new bank-
ruptcy claims.
PRA’s horizontal integration also pro-
vides an advantage that few competi-
tors can equal. When a bankruptcy
claim is dismissed, the account can
be transferred to the company’s core
customer call centers for collection.
9
PRA’s U.S. and U.K. fee-for-service companies are an important part of PRA’s strategy
of diversification. Each company has benefited from PRA’s expertise in data
collection and analytics, and has found significant competitive strength in markets.
In 2013, a renewed emphasis on marketing and operating efficiencies helped these
companies generate record fee income of $72 million, up 15% from 2012. Each
company also began to explore opportunities to cross-sell services to multiple
clients of PRA, opening the door to additional growth.
10
With many U.S. states and cities starved for revenue, PRA’s government services companies
help governments keep budgets in the black without having to raise taxes. These companies
do this by discovering new sources of revenue, collecting unpaid taxes or fees and fully
administering taxes for local government more efficiently than a city can on its own.
In 2013, PRA realigned its government services companies to better focus on the needs of
government clients by region. This effort drove internal efficiencies, increased revenue from
existing clients and resulted in new client wins.
Government
Services
PRA Location Services (PLS) locates and recovers vehicles securing defaulted auto loans. In
2013, U.S. auto sales recovered to 2008 pre-recession levels. As auto debt levels increased,
the share of loans with low credit scores also increased, while high debt-per-borrower rates grew
to record levels. As a result, auto loan delinquency rates are projected to move higher in 2014.
Vehicle Location
Services
PLS began to prepare for this next auto cycle by revamping its management team and launching
a new office in California, while migrating to a new software platform to drive skip tracing and
forwarding efficiencies and compliance.
In addition, PLS established new transportation services and expanded its national license plate
recognition camera fleet.
Class Action
Claims Services
In 2013, Claims Compensation Bureau (CCB) became a wholly owned subsidiary of PRA.
CCB pioneered the third-party class action claims filing industry when it was founded in 1996.
Since its inception, CCB has filed tens of thousands of claims on behalf of thousands of
businesses, institutional investors and global hedge funds across the U.S. CCB is a full-service
provider of comprehensive claim management services for securities and antitrust cases, both
domestically and internationally.
CCB remains the industry leader for class action monitoring and complex claims filing services,
ensuring that clients recoup the maximum amount to which they are entitled.
Leveraging PRA’s low-cost access to capital, efficient operating approach, and large scale
data-processing capabilities, CCB continued to significantly expand its marketing in 2013,
including a continued focus on claim purchasing. The result was a substantial increase in
CCB’s client list in an increasing number of cases, and a more significant stake in future payouts
through purchased claims. This has positioned CCB for growth in the years ahead.
In 2013, PRA UK focused on improving its contingent debt collection results. For a fee, the
company collects past-due bills of customers of U.K. banks, utilities and assorted lenders.
By adapting PRA’s analytical tools, PRA UK further developed its contingent business, while
positioning itself to purchase debt from clients when they choose to sell.
These efforts were met with success. Because of its outstanding performance, PRA UK’s con-
tingency clients assigned a large portion of their delinquent accounts to the company.
Contingent U.K.
Debt Collection
11
Management & Board of Directors
April 2014
1 Steve Fredrickson
Chairman, President and
Chief Executive Officer
4 Laura White
Chief Compliance Officer
2 Kevin Stevenson
Executive Vice President, Chief
Financial and Administrative Officer,
Treasurer and Assistant Secretary
3 Neal Stern
Executive Vice President,
Operations
5 Chris Graves
Executive Vice President,
Core Acquisitions
6 Judith Scott
Executive Vice President,
General Counsel and Secretary
7 Kent McCammon
Executive Vice President,
Strategy and Business Development
8 Mike Petit
President,
Bankruptcy Services
9 Steve Roberts
President,
Business and Government Services
10 Michelle Link
Senior Vice President,
Human Resources
11 Rick Goulart
Vice President,
Corporate Communications
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
1 Steve Fredrickson
Chairman of the Board
5 Penelope Kyle
Director
2 David Roberts
Lead Director
6 James Nussle
Director
3 Marjorie Connelly
Director
7 Scott Tabakin
Director
4 John Fain
Director
8 James Voss
Director
1
5
2
6
3
7
12
4
8
Operating Principles
Behind Each of
PRA’s Competitive
Strengths
PRA’s long-term shareholders have
come to value these principles,
which will continue to shape the
company’s action in the years
to come.
1
Set the Bar for Disclosure
and Transparency
We are honest and open with
shareholders and keep them up
to date with important news and
developments. Our goal is to set
the standard by which companies
in our sector are measured.
2
Invest Carefully with
a Long-Term View
We build a diverse portfolio across
business lines and stay true to our
methodology. We make sure each
investment, whether it’s a portfolio
or a business, has been reviewed,
assessed objectively and priced to
achieve appropriate returns.
3
4
Contain Costs,
Boost Productivity
Maintain a Conservative
Capital Structure
To keep costs low and productivity
high, we operate fewer, larger call
centers. We develop and retain
great employees to deliver great
customer service.
We keep debt levels as low as possi-
ble. We borrow prudently to expand
and to build a more integrated
business.
5
Employ Steady,
Controlled Growth
Growth for growth’s sake drives down
productivity, margin and net income.
We maintain a core of experienced,
highly productive employees and
add new employees opportunistically
to support growth.
6
Encourage Senior Managers
to Own Our Stock
One of the greatest testaments to our
belief in PRA is our ownership of the
company. Many of our senior manag-
ers have a significant portion of their
net worth invested in the company.
We expect and encourage our senior
managers to retain substantial PRAA
stock own er ship positions—common
stock, not just options—throughout
their tenure.
7
Create Careers, Not Just Jobs
In a people-intensive business like
ours, it is crucial to provide ongoing
employee skill development. This
raises each person’s performance
level and drives PRA’s growth and
profitability.
3-PRA_29315_13AR-FN.indd 1
3/10/14 12:22 PM
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from to
Commission File Number: 000-50058
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
120 Corporate Boulevard, Norfolk, Virginia
(Address of principal executive offices)
75-3078675
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
23502
(Zip Code)
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (888) 772-7326
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share
(Title of Class)
NASDAQ Global Select Market
(Name of Exchange on which registered)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.
YES
NO
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15 (d) of the Act.
YES
NO
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to
file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. YES
NO
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any,
every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12
months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). YES
NO
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein,
and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by
reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a
smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company”
in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer
Non-accelerated filer
Accelerated filer
Smaller reporting company
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).
YES
NO
The aggregate market value of the common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of June 30, 2013 was
$2,513,773,743 based on the $51.21 closing price as reported on the NASDAQ Global Select Market.
The number of shares of the registrant’s Common Stock outstanding as of February 19, 2014 was 49,899,024.
Documents incorporated by reference: Portions of the registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement for our 2014 Annual
Meeting of Shareholders are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Form 10-K.
Part I
Item 1.
Item 1A.
Item 1B.
Item 2.
Item 3.
Item 4.
Part II
Item 5.
Item 6.
Item 7.
Item 7A.
Item 8.
Item 9.
Item 9A.
Item 9B.
Part III
Item 10.
Item 11.
Table of Contents
Business
Risk Factors
Unresolved Staff Comments
Properties
Legal Proceedings
Mine Safety Disclosure
Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases
of Equity Securities
Selected Financial Data
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Consolidated Balance Sheets
Consolidated Income Statements
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
2 – Finance Receivables, net
3 – Accounts Receivable, net
4 – Operating Leases
5 – Redeemable Noncontrolling Interest
6 – Goodwill and Intangibles Assets, net
7 – Borrowings
8 – Property and Equipment, net
9 – Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures
10 – Share-Based Compensation
11 – Earnings Per Share
12 – Stockholders Equity
13 – Income Taxes
14 – Commitment and Contingencies
15 – 401(k) Retirement Plan
16 – Subsequent Event
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
Controls and Procedures
Other Information
Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Executive Compensation
2
5
18
30
30
30
30
30
33
37
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
74
76
77
77
77
79
81
82
83
85
85
85
88
90
90
91
91
93
93
93
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related
Stockholder Matters
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
Principal Accountant Fees and Services
Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
Item 12.
Item 13.
Item 14.
Part IV
Item 15.
Signatures
93
93
93
94
96
3
Cautionary Statements Pursuant to Safe Harbor Provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995:
This report contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the federal securities laws. These forward-looking
statements involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions that, if they never materialize or prove incorrect, could cause our results
to differ materially from those expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. All statements, other than statements of
historical fact, are forward-looking statements, including statements regarding overall trends, gross margin trends, operating cost
trends, liquidity and capital needs and other statements of expectations, beliefs, future plans and strategies, anticipated events or
trends, and similar expressions concerning matters that are not historical facts. The risks, uncertainties and assumptions referred
to above may include the following:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
a prolonged economic recovery or a deterioration in the economic or inflationary environment in the United States or
Europe, particularly the United Kingdom, including the interest rate environment, may have an adverse effect on our
collections, results of operations, revenue and stock price or on the stability of the financial system as a whole;
changes in the credit or capital markets, which affect our ability to borrow money or raise capital;
our ability to purchase defaulted consumer receivables at appropriate prices;
our ability to replace our defaulted consumer receivables with additional receivables portfolios;
our ability to obtain accurate and authentic account documents relating to accounts that we acquire and the possibility
that documents that we provide could contain errors;
our ability to successfully acquire receivables of new asset types;
our ability to collect sufficient amounts on our defaulted consumer receivables;
changes in tax laws regarding earnings of our subsidiaries located outside of the United States;
changes in, or interpretations of, bankruptcy or collection laws that could negatively affect our business, including by
causing an increase in certain types of bankruptcy filings involving liquidations, which may cause our collections to
decrease;
changes in, or interpretations of, state or federal laws or the administrative practices of various bankruptcy courts, which
may impact our ability to collect on our defaulted receivables;
our ability to collect and enforce our finance receivables may be limited under federal and state laws;
our ability to employ and retain qualified employees, especially collection personnel, and our senior management team;
our work force could become unionized in the future, which could adversely affect the stability of our production and
increase our costs;
the degree, nature, and resources of our competition;
the possibility that we could incur goodwill or other intangible asset impairment charges;
our ability to retain existing clients and obtain new clients for our fee-for-service businesses;
our ability to comply with existing and new regulations of the collection industry, the failure of which could result in
penalties, fines, litigation, damage to our reputation or the suspension or termination of our ability to conduct our business;
changes in, or interpretations of, governmental laws and regulations which could increase our costs and liabilities or
impact our operations;
the possibility that new business acquisitions prove unsuccessful or strain or divert our resources;
our ability to maintain, renegotiate or replace our credit facility;
our ability to satisfy the restrictive covenants in our debt agreements;
our ability to manage risks associated with our international operations;
the possibility that compliance with foreign and U.S. laws and regulations that apply to our international operations could
increase our cost of doing business in international jurisdictions;
the imposition of additional taxes on us, arising from such events as changes in the mix of earnings in different countries,
changes in the valuation of deferred tax assets and liabilities, changes in tax laws or their interpretation, and/or an adverse
ruling in our IRS audit matter;
changes in interest or exchange rates, which could reduce our net income, and the possibility that future hedging strategies
may not be successful, which could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition, as could our failure
to comply with hedge accounting principles and interpretations;
the possibility that we could incur significant allowance charges on our finance receivables;
our loss contingency accruals may not be adequate to cover actual losses;
our ability to manage growth successfully;
the possibility that we could incur business or technology disruptions or cyber incidents, or not adapt to technological
advances;
the possibility that we or our industry could experience negative publicity or reputational attacks; and
the risk factors listed from time to time in our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”).
You should assume that the information appearing in this annual report is accurate only as of the date it was issued. Our
business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.
4
For a discussion of the risks, uncertainties and assumptions that could affect our future events, developments or results, you
should carefully review the “Risk Factors” section beginning on page 18, as well as the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” section beginning on page 37 and the “Business” section beginning on page 5.
Our forward-looking statements could be wrong in light of these and other risks, uncertainties and assumptions. The future
events, developments or results described in this report could turn out to be materially different. Except as required by law, we
assume no obligation to publicly update or revise our forward-looking statements after the date of this report and you should not
expect us to do so.
Investors should also be aware that while we do, from time to time, communicate with securities analysts and others, we do
not, by policy, selectively disclose to them any material nonpublic information or other confidential commercial information.
Accordingly, stockholders should not assume that we agree with any statement or report issued by any analyst regardless of the
content of the statement or report. We do not, by policy, confirm forecasts or projections issued by others. Thus, to the extent that
reports issued by securities analysts contain any projections, forecasts or opinions, such reports are not our responsibility.
Item 1.
Business.
General
PART I
Our business focuses upon the detection, collection, and processing of both unpaid and normal-course accounts receivable
originally owed to credit grantors, governments, retailers and others. Our primary business is the purchase, collection and
management of portfolios of defaulted consumer receivables. These are the unpaid obligations of individuals to credit originators,
which include banks, credit unions, consumer and auto finance companies and retail merchants. We also provide fee-based services,
including vehicle location, skip tracing and collateral recovery services for auto lenders, governments and law enforcement via
PRA Location Services, LLC (“PLS”), revenue administration, audit and debt discovery/recovery services for local government
entities through PRA Government Services, LLC and MuniServices, LLC (collectively “PGS”) and class action claims recovery
services and related payment processing via Claims Compensation Bureau, LLC (“CCB”). In addition, with the acquisition of
100% of the equity interest of Mackenzie Hall Holdings, Limited, and its subsidiaries (“PRA UK”) on January 16, 2012, we
expanded our contingent collection and purchase of defaulted consumer receivables businesses to the United Kingdom. We believe
that the strengths of our business are our sophisticated approach to portfolio pricing, segmentation and servicing, our emphasis on
developing and retaining our collection personnel, our sophisticated processing systems and procedures and our relationships with
many of the largest consumer lenders in the United States.
Our debt purchase business specializes in receivables that have been charged-off by the credit originator. Because the credit
originator and/or other debt servicing companies have unsuccessfully attempted to collect these receivables, we are able to purchase
them at a substantial discount to their face value. From our 1996 inception through December 31, 2013, we acquired 3,098 portfolios,
representing more than 34.8 million customer accounts and aggregated into 152 pools for accounting purposes, with a face value
of $78.6 billion for a total purchase price of $3.3 billion. The success of our business depends on our ability to purchase portfolios
of defaulted consumer receivables at appropriate valuations and to collect on those receivables effectively and efficiently. We have
one reportable segment, receivables management, based on similarities among the operating units including homogeneity of
services, service delivery methods and use of technology.
We have achieved strong financial results since inception. For example, over the past ten years, our cash collections increased
from $117.1 million in 2003 to $1.14 billion in 2013, representing a compound annual growth rate of 25.3%. Total revenue has
grown from $84.9 million in 2003 to $735.1 million in 2013, representing a compound annual growth rate of 24.1%. Similarly,
net income has grown from $20.7 million in 2003 to net income attributable to Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. (“PRA”) of
$175.3 million in 2013, representing a compound annual growth rate of 23.8%.
We were initially formed as Portfolio Recovery Associates, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company, on March 20,
1996. In connection with our 2002 initial public offering (our “IPO”), all of the membership units of Portfolio Recovery Associates,
L.L.C. were exchanged, simultaneously with the effectiveness of our registration statement, for a single class of PRA common
stock, and a new Delaware corporation formed on August 7, 2002. Accordingly, the members of Portfolio Recovery Associates,
L.L.C. became the common stockholders of PRA, which became the parent company of Portfolio Recovery Associates, L.L.C.
and its subsidiaries.
5
Definitions
We use the following terminology throughout this document:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
“Allowance charges” refers to a reduction in income recognized on finance receivables on pools of finance receivables whose
cash collection estimates are not received or projected to not be received.
“Amortization rate” refers to cash collections applied to principal on finance receivables as a percentage of total cash collections.
“Buybacks” refers to purchase price refunded by the seller due to the return of non-compliant accounts.
“Cash collections” refers to collections on our owned portfolios.
“Cash receipts” refers to collections on our owned portfolios plus fee income.
“Core” accounts or portfolios refer to accounts or portfolios that are defaulted consumer receivables and are not in a bankrupt
status upon purchase. These accounts are aggregated separately from purchased bankruptcy accounts. Unless otherwise noted,
Core accounts do not include the accounts we purchase in the United Kingdom.
“EBITDA” refers to earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization.
“Estimated remaining collections” or "ERC" refers to the sum of all future projected cash collections on our owned portfolios.
“Fee income” refers to revenues generated from our fee-for-service businesses.
“Income recognized on finance receivables” refers to income derived from our owned debt portfolios.
“Income recognized on finance receivables, net” refers to income derived from our owned debt portfolios net of allowance
charges.
“Net finance receivable balance” is recorded on our balance sheet and refers to the purchase price less principal amortization
and net allowance charges.
“Principal amortization” refers to cash collections applied to principal on finance receivables.
“Purchase price” refers to the cash paid to a seller to acquire defaulted consumer receivables, plus certain capitalized costs,
less buybacks.
“Purchase price multiple” refers to the total estimated collections on owned debt portfolios divided by purchase price.
“Purchased bankruptcy” accounts or portfolios refer to accounts or portfolios that are in bankruptcy when we purchase them
and as such are purchased as a pool of bankrupt accounts.
“Total estimated collections” refers to the actual cash collections, including cash sales, plus estimated remaining collections.
Available Information
PRA maintains an Internet website at the following address: www.portfoliorecovery.com.
We make available on or through our website certain reports that we file with or furnish to the SEC in accordance with the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934. These include our annual reports on Form 10-K, our quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, our current
reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. We make this information available on our website free of charge as soon as reasonably
practicable after we electronically file the information with or furnish it to the SEC. The information that is filed with the SEC
may be read or copied at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. In addition, information
on the operation of the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC maintains an
Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers that file electronically
with the SEC at: www.sec.gov.
Reports filed with or furnished to the SEC are also available free of charge upon request by contacting our corporate office
at:
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc.
Attn: Corporate Communications
120 Corporate Boulevard, Suite 100
Norfolk, Virginia 23502
Competitive Strengths
We Offer a Compelling Alternative to Debt Owners and Governmental Entities
We offer debt owners the ability to immediately realize value for their charged-off receivables, through either one time spot
purchase contracts or forward flow contracts that arrange for regular purchases from the debt owner. Our transactional flexibility
helps us to meet the needs of debt owners, leverages our access to capital, and provides us with the opportunity to create consistent
and enduring supply relationships. Through our government services business, and our UK subsidiary, we have the ability to service
receivables in various ways including collecting on a contingent fee basis. For our government services business, this also includes
6
such services as processing tax payments on behalf of the client and extends to more complicated tax audit and discovery work,
as well as additional services that fill the needs of our clients.
Disciplined and Proprietary Underwriting Process
One of the key components of our growth has been our ability to price portfolio acquisitions at levels that have generated
profitable returns on investment. Since inception, we have been able to consistently collect more than our purchase price and costs
over the collection life cycle of the defaulted consumer receivables portfolios we have acquired. In doing so, we have generated
increasing profits and operational cash flow from these portfolio acquisitions, without relying on the resale of portfolios to achieve
these results. We have not resold any of our purchased portfolios since 2002, and the portfolios we sold then were primarily in
Chapter 13 bankruptcy proceedings. We stopped reselling these portfolios as we began the effort to build our own bankruptcy
portfolio buying group which started purchasing bankrupt accounts in 2004.
By holding and collecting the accounts we purchase over the long-term, we create static pool history that we believe is unique
among our peers. Our portfolio underwriting process utilizes the collection results, customer data, and account attributes held in
our data warehouse. The warehouse contains data from more than 3,000 portfolios representing over 34 million accounts purchased
over the last 17 years from large issuers and owners of consumer receivables. Our modeling capabilities continuously evolve as
we incorporate new data and develop, test, and adopt new analysis tools that help us improve our underwriting accuracy.
The Core portfolio underwriting process includes both quantitative analytical modeling and qualitative judgment-based
analysis that considers the effects of the origination, servicing, and collection history of the portfolios we price. The combination
of our deep sample of purchase data, our sophisticated analytical modeling, and the underwriting judgment gained from underwriting
thousands of portfolios affords PRA a significant competitive advantage over our competition.
Ability to Hire, Develop and Retain Collection Staff
We place considerable focus on our ability to hire, motivate and retain effective employees throughout the organization,
especially our collection staff. We offer our employees competitive wages with the opportunity to receive incentive compensation
based on performance while maintaining a focus on compliance. For collection staff, compliance failures may cause them to lose
incentive pay that they would have otherwise earned; those payments may be distributed to other collection staff with outstanding
compliance records. In addition we offer an attractive benefits package, a comfortable working environment and the ability to
work on a flexible schedule. We are also committed to an environment that promotes diversity and inclusion.
As of December 31, 2013, we employed approximately 3,500 persons on a full-time basis worldwide. None of our employees
are represented by a union or covered by a collective bargaining agreement. We believe that our relations with our employees are
positive.
Established Systems and Infrastructure
We have devoted significant effort to developing our systems, including statistical models, databases and reporting packages,
to optimize our portfolio purchases and collection efforts. In addition, we believe that our technology infrastructure is flexible,
secure, reliable and redundant, to protect the privacy of our sensitive data and to mitigate exposure to systems failure or unauthorized
access.
We have developed financial models and systems for pricing portfolio acquisitions, managing the collections process and
monitoring operating results. We prepare a static pool report monthly for each of our portfolios, populating actual results back into
our acquisition models to enhance their accuracy. We monitor collection results continuously, seeking to identify and resolve
negative trends promptly. In addition, we do not sell our purchased defaulted consumer receivables. Instead, we work them over
the long-term enhancing our knowledge of a portfolio’s long-term performance. This combination of hardware, software and
proprietary modeling and systems has been developed by our management team through years of experience in this industry and
we believe provides us with an important competitive advantage from the acquisition process all the way through collection and
payment operations.
Our systems and infrastructure also enhance our compliance activities. We employ a staff of Quality Control and Compliance
employees whose role it is to monitor calls and observe collection system entries as well as design, implement, monitor and test
our daily activities. We monitor and research daily exception reports that track significant account status movements and account
changes. To enhance this process, where permissible, we employ sophisticated call and work action recording systems which allow
us to better monitor compliance and quality of our customer contacts.
7
Strong Relationships with Major Credit Originators
We have done business with most of the largest consumer lenders in the United States. We maintain an active marketing
effort and our senior management team is in contact on a regular basis with existing and potential sellers of defaulted consumer
receivables. We believe that we have earned a reputation as a reliable and compliant purchaser of defaulted consumer receivables
portfolios and as compliant collectors. From the perspective of the receivables seller, the failure to close on a negotiated sale of a
portfolio consumes valuable time and expense and can have an adverse effect on pricing when the portfolio is re-marketed. Similarly,
if a credit originator sells a portfolio to a debt buyer who has a reputation for violating laws or deviating from industry standard
collection practices, the reputation of the credit originator can be damaged. We consistently attempt to negotiate reasonable and
mutually acceptable contract terms, resulting in a confident and expeditious closing process for both parties. We go to great lengths
to collect from consumers in a responsible, professional, and legally compliant manner. We believe our strong relationships with
major credit originators provide us with access to quality opportunities for portfolio purchases.
Experienced Management Team
We have an experienced management team with considerable expertise in the accounts receivable management industry.
Prior to our formation, our founders played key roles in the development and management of a consumer receivables acquisition
and divestiture operation of Household Recovery Services, a subsidiary of Household International. As we have grown, the original
management team has been expanded substantially to include a group of experienced, seasoned executives. Following is a summary
of our executive management team.
Name
Steve Fredrickson
Kevin Stevenson
Neal Stern
Chris Graves
Judith Scott
Position
Chairman, President and Chief
Executive Officer
Prior Experience
Household Recovery Services, Continental Illinois
National Bank and Trust Company
Executive Vice President, Chief
Financial and Administrative
Officer, Treasurer and Assistant
Secretary
Executive Vice President,
Operations
Executive Vice President, Core
Asset Acquisitions
Executive Vice President,
General Counsel and Corporate
Secretary
Household Recovery Services, Household Bank
Target Financial Services, US Bank, Transamerica
Capital One, Signet Bank, First Union
Commonwealth of Virginia, Virginia Housing
Development Authority
Kent McCammon
Executive Vice President,
Strategy and Business
Development
Trader Publishing Company, Atlantic Capital
Management, Inc., Scott and Stringfellow, Smith
Barney, Lehman Brothers, Shamrock Holdings, Inc.
Michael Petit
President, Bankruptcy Services
Pacific Crest Securities, Caterpillar, Banc One
Capital Markets, Ford Motor Company, Jefferies
and Company, Continental Bank
Steve Roberts
Michelle Link
President, Business and
Government Services
ShopText, Interpublic Group, Otis, Carrier, Digitas,
United Technologies
Senior Vice President, Human
Resources
Amerigroup, Corning, Cigna, Blue Cross Blue
Shield
PRA
Tenure
(Years)
17
Relevant
Industry
Experience
( Years)
30+
17
5
8
15
6
10
1
3
26+
23+
22+
30+
25+
25+
29+
17+
Portfolio Acquisitions
Our portfolio of defaulted consumer receivables includes a diverse set of accounts that can be categorized by asset type, age
and size of account, level of previous collection efforts and geography. To identify attractive buying opportunities, we maintain
an extensive marketing effort with our senior officers contacting known and prospective sellers of defaulted consumer receivables.
We have acquired receivables of Visa®, MasterCard®, private label and other credit cards, installment loans, lines of credit, bankrupt
accounts, deficiency balances of various types, legal judgments, and trade payables, all from a variety of debt owners. These debt
owners include major banks, credit unions, consumer finance companies, telecommunication providers, retailers, utilities, insurance
companies, medical groups, hospitals, auto finance companies, student loan companies, and other debt buyers. In addition, we
make periodic visits to the operating sites of debt sellers and attend numerous industry events in an effort to develop account
purchase opportunities. We also maintain active relationships with brokers of defaulted consumer receivables.
8
Portfolios by Type and Geography (Domestic Portfolio Only)
The following chart categorizes our life to date domestic portfolio purchases as of December 31, 2013 into the major asset
types represented (amounts in thousands):
Asset Type
Major Credit Cards
Consumer Finance
Private Label Credit Cards
Auto Deficiency
Total:
No. of Accounts
%
Face Value
(1)
%
(2)
Price
Original Purchase
18,767
6,703
8,115
655
34,240
55% $
19
24
2
100% $
53,499,462
8,652,017
11,040,563
4,640,914
77,832,956
69% $
11
14
6
100% $
2,250,307
148,523
797,289
100,724
3,296,843
%
68%
5
24
3
100%
(1) “Face Value” represents the original face amount purchased from sellers and has not been reduced by any adjustments,
including payments and buybacks.
(2) “Original Purchase Price” represents the cash paid to sellers to acquire portfolios of defaulted consumer receivables and
has not been reduced by any adjustments, including payments and buybacks.
Since our formation, we have purchased accounts from approximately 150 debt owners. We have acquired portfolios at
various price levels, depending on the age of the portfolio, its geographic distribution, our historical experience with a certain asset
type or credit originator and similar factors. A typical defaulted consumer receivables portfolio that we acquire ranges from $1
million to $150 million in face value and contains defaulted consumer receivables from diverse geographic locations with average
initial individual account balances of $400 to $7,000.
We refer to the groups of domestic charged-off (non-bankrupt) defaulted consumer receivables we purchase as Core portfolios.
The age of a Core portfolio (the time since an account has been charged-off) is an important factor in determining the value we
place on the portfolio. Generally, there is an inverse relationship between the age of a Core portfolio and the price we can pay to
purchase the portfolio. This relationship is due to the fact that older Core portfolio receivables typically liquidate at lower rates.
The accounts receivables management industry places Core portfolio receivables into categories depending on the number of
collection agencies that have previously attempted to collect on the receivables. Fresh accounts are typically past due 120 to 270
days, charged-off by the credit originator and are typically sold prior to the seller conducting any post-charge-off collection activity.
These accounts typically sell for the highest purchase price. Primary accounts are charged-off, are typically 360 to 450 days past
due, and have been previously placed with one contingent fee servicer and receive a lower purchase price. Secondary and tertiary
accounts are charged-off, are typically more than 660 days past due, and have been placed with two or three contingent fee servicers
and receive even lower purchase prices. We also purchase portfolios of charged-off accounts previously worked by four or more
agencies and these are typically two to three years or more past due and receive an even lower price. In addition, we purchase
portfolios of accounts that are included in consumer bankruptcies. These bankrupt accounts are typically filed under Chapter 13
of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code and have an associated payment plan that can range from 3 to 5 years in duration. We purchase
portfolios of bankrupt accounts in both forward flow and spot transactions and, consequently, they can be at any age in the bankruptcy
plan life cycle.
The following table summarizes our life to date domestic portfolio purchases as of December 31, 2013, into the delinquency
categories represented (amounts in thousands):
Account Type
Fresh
Primary
Secondary
Tertiary
Bankruptcy Trustees
Other
Total:
No. of Accounts
%
Face Value
(1)
%
(2)
Price
%
Original Purchase
3,212
4,789
6,150
4,307
5,344
10,438
34,240
9% $
14
18
13
16
30
100% $
7,680,592
9,106,742
9,179,787
6,304,937
22,496,916
23,063,982
77,832,956
10% $
12
12
8
29
29
100% $
818,881
495,057
382,429
104,519
1,338,134
157,823
3,296,843
25%
15
12
3
40
5
100%
(1) “Face Value” represents the original face amount purchased from sellers and has not been reduced by any adjustments,
including payments and buybacks.
(2) “Original Purchase Price” represents the cash paid to sellers to acquire portfolios of defaulted consumer receivables and
has not been reduced by any adjustments, including payments and buybacks.
9
We also review the geographic distribution of accounts within a portfolio because we have found that state specific laws and
rules can have an effect on the collectability of accounts located there. In addition, economic factors and bankruptcy trends vary
regionally and are factored into our purchase price equation.
The following table summarizes our life to date domestic portfolio purchases as of December 31, 2013, by geographic
location (amounts in thousands):
Geographic
Distribution
California
Texas
Florida
New York
Ohio
Pennsylvania
Illinois
North Carolina
Georgia
Michigan
New Jersey
Arizona
Virginia
Tennessee
Massachusetts
Indiana
Other(3)
Total:
No. of Accounts
%
Face Value
(1)
%
(2)
Price
%
Original Purchase
3,687
4,791
2,730
1,925
1,610
1,227
1,295
1,225
1,118
916
797
623
909
734
584
625
9,444
34,240
11% $
14
8
6
5
4
4
4
3
3
2
2
3
2
2
2
25
100% $
10,321,143
8,425,708
7,356,289
4,519,270
2,928,792
2,833,775
2,778,831
2,716,528
2,559,975
2,135,785
2,105,793
1,689,429
1,646,631
1,611,983
1,428,007
1,396,328
21,378,689
77,832,956
13% $
11
9
6
4
4
4
3
3
3
3
2
2
2
2
2
27
100% $
419,670
280,132
295,328
171,252
137,296
118,307
128,867
112,849
125,284
99,939
93,115
70,545
76,324
75,573
59,027
71,851
961,484
3,296,843
13%
8
9
5
4
4
4
3
4
3
3
2
2
2
2
2
30
100%
(1) “Face Value” represents the original face amount purchased from sellers and has not been reduced by any adjustments,
including payments and buybacks.
(2) “Original Purchase Price” represents the cash paid to sellers to acquire portfolios of defaulted consumer receivables and
has not been reduced by any adjustments, including payments and buybacks.
(3) Each state included in “Other” represents less than 2% of the face value of total life-to-date domestic purchases.
Purchasing Process
We acquire portfolios from debt owners through auctions and negotiated sales. In an auction process, the seller will assemble
a portfolio of receivables and will either broadly offer the portfolio to the market or seek purchase prices from specifically invited
potential purchasers. In a privately negotiated sale process, the debt owner will contact known purchasers directly, take bids and
negotiate the terms of sale. We also acquire accounts in forward flow contracts. Under a forward flow contract we agree to purchase
defaulted consumer receivables from a debt owner on a periodic basis, at a set percentage of face value of the receivables over a
specified time period, generally from three to twelve months. These agreements often contain a provision requiring that the
attributes and selection criteria of the receivables to be sold will not significantly change each month. If this provision is not
adhered to, the contract will typically allow for the early termination of the forward flow contract by the purchaser or other
appropriate remedies as mutually agreed upon. Forward flow contracts provide receivable owners with a consistent source of
value for defaulted accounts, and provide the debt buyer with a steady and reliable source of consumer receivables for its collection
operation.
In a typical Core portfolio sale transaction, after signing a non-disclosure agreement, a debt owner distributes a computer
data file containing ten to fifteen essential data fields on each consumer account in the portfolio offered for sale. Such fields
typically include but are not limited to the customer's name, address, outstanding balance, date of charge-off, date of last payment
and the date the account was opened. Information that is not typically provided includes the original underwriting documentation,
charge and payment history prior to charge-off, and collection notations. We perform our initial due diligence on the portfolio
by electronically cross-checking the data fields provided through secured delivery against the accounts in our owned portfolios
and other databases. We compile a variety of portfolio level reports examining all available data.
10
In order to determine a purchase price for a Core portfolio, we use two separate internally developed computer models. We
analyze the portfolio using our proprietary multiple linear regression model, which analyzes the accounts of the portfolio using
predictive variables and projects a portfolio liquidation rate. We also analyze the portfolio as a whole using an adjustment model,
which uses an appropriate cash flow model that utilizes our collections results from similar portfolios we have previously purchased.
We supplement the adjustment model with qualitative background information about the origination, servicing and collection
history of the portfolio. Finally, we employ a model that creates statistically similar portfolios from our existing accounts across
our purchased inventory and develops estimated collection curves that are used in our price modeling. From these models we
derive our quantitative projections which are used to help price transactions. The multiple linear regression model is also used to
prioritize collection work efforts subsequent to purchase. With respect to prospective forward flow contracts and other long-term
relationships, we obtain a representative file that we use to determine the price of the forward flow arrangement. Then each month
during the flow term, we receive the actual monthly sale file to be funded, and compare it to the representative file noted above
to determine if the delivered file meets the expectations of the initial pricing file. This process allows us to confirm that the accounts
we are purchasing are materially consistent with the accounts we agreed to purchase under the forward flow contract. When
purchasing bankrupt consumer receivables, we follow a similar analytical process but utilize completely separate, specifically
designed pricing models.
We maintain a detailed static pool profile for each portfolio that we have acquired, capturing demographic data and revenue
and expense items for further analysis. We use our static pool analysis to refine the underwriting models that we use to price future
portfolio purchases. The results of the static pool analysis are input back into our models, increasing the accuracy of the models
as the data set increases with every portfolio purchase and each day’s collection efforts. Since we do not sell our purchased defaulted
consumer receivables, we work them over the long-term, enhancing our knowledge of a pool’s long-term performance.
The quantitative and qualitative data derived in our due diligence process is evaluated, considering both any subjective factors
about the portfolio or the debt owner and our knowledge of the current defaulted consumer receivables market. A portfolio
acquisition approval memorandum is then prepared for each prospective portfolio before a purchase price is submitted to the debt
owner. This approval memorandum, which outlines the portfolio’s anticipated collectability and purchase structure, is distributed
to members of our Investment Committee. The approval by the Investment Committee sets a maximum purchase price for the
portfolio.
Once a portfolio purchase has been approved by our Investment Committee and the terms of the sale have been agreed to
with the debt owner, the acquisition is documented in an agreement that contains customary terms and conditions. Provisions are
typically incorporated for disputed, fraudulent, deceased, bankrupt (in the case of Core portfolio purchases), or other ineligible
accounts and typically, the debt owner either agrees to repurchase these accounts or replace them with acceptable replacement
accounts within certain time frames.
Owned Portfolio Collection Operations
Call Center Operations – Core Portfolios
Our work flow management system places, recalls and prioritizes accounts, based on our analyses of our accounts and other
demographic, credit and customer behavior attributes and prior collection work activities. We use this process to focus our work
effort on those customers most likely to pay.
The collectability forecast for a newly acquired portfolio will help determine our initial collection strategy. Accounts that
are initially determined to have the highest predicted collection probability will be worked immediately and with greater efforts.
Less collectible accounts may be set aside to be worked with less frequency or with lower cost methods. After owning an account
for a month we begin reassessing the collectability on a daily basis based on a set of observed account characteristics and behaviors.
Some accounts may be worked using a letter and/or settlement strategy.
Our computer system allows each collector to view the scanned documents relating to the accounts that have been received
from the seller and customer, which can include the original account application, account statements, payment checks, customer
correspondence and other documents.
On the initial contact call, a customer is given a standardized presentation regarding the benefits of resolving his or her
account with us. Emphasis is placed on determining the reason for the customer’s default in order to better assess the customer’s
situation and create a plan for repayment. The collectors work to obtain a repayment plan that is appropriate to the customer's
ability to make a repayment. At times, when determined to be appropriate, and in many cases with management approval, a reduced
lump-sum settlement may be agreed upon.
11
If a collector is unable to establish contact with a customer based on information received or stored, the system will supplement
the account information by leveraging a series of automated skip tracing procedures. Skip tracing is the process of developing new
phone, address, job or asset information on a customer, or verifying the accuracy of such information.
Legal Recovery – Core Portfolios
An important component of our collections effort involves our legal recovery department and the judicial collection of
accounts of customers who we believe have the ability, but not the willingness, to resolve their obligations. Accounts for which
the customer is not cooperative and for which we can establish garnishable wages or attachable assets are reviewed for legal action.
Additionally, we review accounts using a proprietary scoring model and select those accounts reflecting a high propensity to pay
in a legal environment. Depending on the balance of the defaulted consumer receivable and the applicable state collection laws,
we determine whether to commence legal action to judicially collect on the receivable. The legal process can take an extended
period of time, but it also generates cash collections that likely would not have been realized otherwise.
We use a combination of internal staff (attorney and support), as well as external attorneys, to pursue legal collections under
certain circumstances. Over the past several years we have focused on developing our internal legal collection capability. In the
United States, we have the capability in all 50 states to initiate lawsuits in amounts up to the jurisdictional limits of the respective
courts. Our legal recovery department, using external vendors, also collects claims against estates in cases involving deceased
debtors having assets at the time of death. Our legal recovery department oversees our internal legal collections and coordinates
a nationwide collections attorney network which is responsible for the preparation and filing of judicial collection proceedings in
multiple jurisdictions, determining the suit criteria, and instituting wage garnishments to satisfy judgments. Our external law firms
work on a contingent fee basis. Legal cash collections generated by both our in house attorneys and outside independent contingent
fee attorneys constituted approximately 28% of our total cash collections in 2013. As our portfolio matures, it is likely that a larger
number of accounts will be directed to our legal recovery department for judicial collection; consequently, we anticipate that legal
cash collections will grow commensurately and comprise a larger percentage of our total Core cash collections.
Bankruptcy Operations
Our bankruptcy department manages customer filings under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code on debtor accounts derived from
three sources; (1) PRA’s Core purchased pools of charged off accounts that have filed for bankruptcy protection after being acquired
by us, (2) our purchased pools of bankrupt accounts, and (3) our third party servicing client relationships. On PRA owned accounts,
we file proofs of claim (“POCs”) or claim transfers and actively manage these accounts through the entire life cycle of the bankruptcy
proceeding in order to substantiate our claims and ensure that we participate in any distributions to creditors. On accounts managed
under a third party relationship, we work on either a full service contingency fee basis or a menu style fee-for-service basis; this
is not a significant portion of our bankruptcy operations.
We developed our proprietary Bankruptcy Management System (“BMS”) as a secure and highly automated platform for
providing bankruptcy notification services, filing POCs and claim transfers, managing documents, administering our case load,
posting and reconciling payments and providing customized reports. BMS is a robust system designed to manage claims processing
and case management in a high volume environment. The system is highly flexible and its capacity is easily expanded. Daily
processing volumes are managed to meet individual bar dates associated with each bankruptcy case and specific client turnaround
times. BMS and its underlying business rules were developed with emphasis first on minimizing risks through strict compliance
to the bankruptcy code, and then on maximizing recoveries from automated claim filing and case administration.
Each of our bankruptcy department employees goes through an entry level training program to familiarize them with BMS
and the bankruptcy process, including a general overview of how we interact with the courts, debtors' attorneys and trustees. We
also use a tiered process of cross training designed to familiarize advancing employees with a variety of operational assignments
and analytical tasks. For example, we utilize specially trained employees to perform advanced data matching and analytics for
clients, while others are tasked with resolving objections directly with attorneys and trustees. In rare circumstances, resolution of
these objections may need to be effectuated by working through our network of local counsel.
Fee-for-Service Businesses
Through our subsidiaries, we provide fee-based services, including vehicle location, skip tracing and collateral recovery
services for auto lenders, governments and law enforcement via our PLS subsidiary; revenue administration, audit, and discovery/
recovery services for government entities through our PGS business; class action claims recovery services and related payment
processing through our CCB subsidiary and contingent fees earned on the collection of finance receivables from our PRA UK
subsidiary.
PLS, through call center operations, performs national skip tracing, asset location and collateral recovery services, principally
for auto finance companies, for a fee. In addition, PLS locates clients’ inventories for a fee with a fleet of cars equipped with
12
license plate recognition cameras. The amount of fee earned is generally dependent on several different outcomes: whether the
debtor was found and a resolution on the account occurred, if the collateral was repossessed or if payment was made by the debtor
to the debt owner.
PGS primarily derives its revenue from servicing taxing authorities in several different ways, including processing their tax
payments and tax forms, collecting delinquent taxes, identifying taxes that are not being paid and auditing tax payments. The
processing and collection services are standard commission based billings or fee-for-service transactions. When audits are
conducted, there are two components. The first is a charge for the hours incurred on conducting the audit, based on a contractual
billing rate. The gross billing amount based on the aforementioned billing rate is a component of the line item “Fee income” while
the salary expense is included in the line item “Compensation and employee services.” The second item is for expenses incurred
while conducting the audit. Most jurisdictions will reimburse us for direct expenses incurred for the audit including such items as
travel and meals. The billed amounts are included in the line item “Fee income” and the expense component is included in its
appropriate expense category, generally, “Other operating expenses.”
CCB derives its revenues from filing claims on behalf of institutional investors, retailers, manufacturers, and other businesses.
CCB’s process allows clients to maximize settlement recoveries, in many cases participating in settlements they would otherwise
not know existed. CCB charges fees for its services and works with clients to identify, prepare and submit claims to class action
administrators charged with disbursing class action settlement funds. In addition, we purchase the rights to existing and future
class action claims identified by CCB.
PRA UK generates revenue from both purchased finance receivables which is accounted for similarly to our Core operations
and also services finance receivables on a contingent fee basis. These latter receivables are owned by our clients and placed under
a contingent fee commission arrangement. Our subsidiary is paid to collect funds from the client's debtors and earns a commission
generally expressed as a percentage of the gross collections amount. The "Fee income" line of our income statement reflects the
contingent fee amount earned, and not the gross collection amount.
Competition
We face competition in both of the markets we serve - purchased portfolio and fee-for-service receivables management.
Purchased portfolio competition comes from other purchasers of defaulted consumer receivables portfolios, third-party contingent
fee collection agencies and debt owners that manage their own defaulted consumer receivables rather than outsourcing them. Fee-
for-service competition comes from new and existing providers of outsourced receivables management services. Debt sellers have
become more cautious recently, preferring to sell to experienced portfolio purchasers that have portfolio evaluation expertise
sufficient to price portfolios and that maintain compliance with all applicable regulations. These trends effectively constitute
significant barriers for successful entry for new purchased portfolio receivables companies. The receivables management industry
(both owned portfolio and contingent fee) remains highly fragmented and competitive. There are few significant barriers for entry
to new providers of contingent fee receivables management services and, consequently, the number of agencies serving the
contingent fee market may continue to grow.
We face bidding competition in our acquisition of defaulted consumer receivables and in obtaining placements from fee-for-
service receivables. We also compete on the basis of reputation, industry experience and performance. Among the positive factors
which we believe influence our ability to compete effectively in this market are our ability to bid on portfolios at appropriate prices,
our reputation from previous transactions regarding our ability to close transactions in a timely fashion, our relationships with
originators of defaulted consumer receivables, our team of well-trained collectors who provide quality customer service and
compliance with applicable collections laws and our ability to efficiently and effectively collect on various asset types. Competitors
that have substantially greater financial, personnel and other resources, greater adaptability to changing market needs, longer
operating histories, or more established relationships in our industry than we currently have, could influence our ability to compete
effectively.
Information Technology
Technology Operating Systems and Server Platform
The architecture and design of our systems provides us with a technology system that is flexible, secure, reliable and redundant
to provide for the protection of our sensitive data. We utilize Intel-based servers running Microsoft Windows 2003/2008 operating
systems. Our desktop PCs run the Windows XP or Windows 7 operating system. In addition, we utilize a blend of purchased and
proprietary software systems tailored to the needs of our business. These systems are designed to eliminate inefficiencies in our
collections and continue to meet business objectives in a changing environment.
13
Network Technology
To provide delivery of our applications, we employ server network architecture to support high-speed data transport. Our
network system is designed to be scalable and meet expansion and inter-building bandwidth and quality of service demands.
Database and Software Systems
The ability to access and utilize data is essential to us being able to operate in a cost-effective manner. Our centralized
computer-based information systems support the core processing functions of our business under a set of integrated databases and
are designed to be scalable to accommodate our internal growth. This integrated approach helps to assure that data sources are
processed efficiently. We use these systems for portfolio and client management, skip tracing, check taking, financial and
management accounting, reporting, and planning and analysis. We use a combination of Microsoft and Oracle database software
to manage our portfolios and financial, customer and sales data. PGS, PLS, PRA UK and CCB all maintain unique, proprietary
software systems that manage the movement of data, accounts and information throughout these business units.
Redundancy, System Backup, Security and Disaster Recovery
Our data centers provide the infrastructure for collection services and uninterrupted support of data, applications and hardware
for all of our business units. We believe our facilities and operations include sufficient redundancy, file back-up and security to
ensure minimal exposure to systems failure or unauthorized access. The preparations in this area include the use of data centers
in Virginia, Tennessee and London, U.K. in order to help provide redundancy for data and processes should one site be completely
disabled. We have a disaster recovery plan covering our business that is tested on a periodic basis. The combination of our locally
distributed call control systems provides enterprise-wide call and data distribution between our call centers for efficient portfolio
collection and business operations. In addition to data replication between the sites, differential backups of both software and
databases are performed on a daily basis and a full system backup is performed weekly. Backup data tapes are stored at an off-site
location along with copies of schedules and production control procedures, procedures for recovery using an off-site data center,
and documentation and other critical information necessary for recovery and continued operation. Our Virginia headquarters has
two separate telecommunications feeds, uninterruptible power supplies and natural gas and diesel-generators, all of which provide
a level of redundancy should a power outage or interruption occur. We also have generators installed at each of our domestic call
centers, as well as our subsidiary locations in Alabama, California and Nevada. We also employ rigorous physical and electronic
security to protect our data. Our call centers have restricted card key access and appropriate additional physical security
measures. Electronic protections include data encryption, firewalls and multi-level access controls.
Display Screens for Real Time Data Utilization
We utilize multiple plasma displays at most of our collection facilities to aid in recovery of portfolios. The displays provide
real-time business-critical information to our collection personnel for efficient collection efforts such as telephone, production,
employee status, goal trending, training and corporate information.
Employees
As of December 31, 2013, we employed approximately 3,500 persons on a full-time basis in the United States and the United
Kingdom. None of our employees are represented by a union or covered by a collective bargaining agreement. We believe that
our relations with our employees are positive.
Collection Personnel
Our collectors are critical to the success of our debt collection business as a majority of our Core portfolio collection efforts
occur as a result of telephone contact with customers. We have found that the tenure and productivity of our collectors are directly
related. Therefore, attracting, hiring, training, retaining and motivating our collection personnel is a major focus for us. We pay
our collectors competitive wages and offer employees a full benefits program. In addition to a base wage, we provide collectors
with the opportunity to receive compensation through an incentive compensation program that pays bonuses above a set monthly
base, based upon each collector’s collection and compliance results. Compliance failures may cause them to lose incentive pay
that they would have otherwise earned; those payments may be distributed to other collection staff with outstanding compliance
records. This program is designed to ensure that employees are paid based not only on performance, but also on consistency,
quality and compliance.
We believe that we offer a competitive and, in many cases, a higher base wage than many local employers and therefore
have access to a large number of eligible personnel in each of our call center locations.
14
Collections Training
We provide a comprehensive multi-week training program for all new owned portfolio collectors. Our training program
begins with lectures on collection techniques, local, state and federal collection laws, systems, negotiation skills, skip tracing and
telephone use. These sessions are then followed by additional weeks of practical instruction, including conducting live calls with
additional managerial supervision in order to provide employees with confidence and guidance while still contributing to our
profitability. Each trainee must successfully pass a comprehensive examination before being assigned to the collection floor, as
well as once a year thereafter. Where permissible, we employ sophisticated call and work action recording systems which allow
us to better monitor compliance and quality of customer contacts. This, in turn, allows us to offer additional training in areas of
deficiency to increase productivity and compliance.
Each of our bankruptcy department employees goes through an entry level training program to familiarize them with BMS
and the bankruptcy process, including a general overview of how we interact with the courts, debtor’s attorneys and trustees. We
also use a tiered process of cross training designed to familiarize advancing employees with a variety of operational assignments
and analytical tasks. For example, we utilize specially trained employees to perform advanced data matching and analytics for
clients, while others are tasked with resolving objections directly with attorneys and trustees. In rare circumstances, resolution of
these objections may need to be effectuated by working through our network of local counsel.
Office of General Counsel
Our Office of General Counsel manages general corporate governance; litigation; insurance; corporate and commercial
transactions; intellectual property; contract and document preparation and review; compliance with federal securities laws and
other applicable regulations and statutes; business acquisitions; and dispute and complaint resolution.
Compliance
As a part of its compliance functions, our Office of General Counsel works with our office of internal audit and our compliance
department in the implementation of our Code of Ethics and our Compliance Policy. Our Code of Ethics is available at the Investor
Relations page of our website at www.portfoliorecovery.com. We have implemented company-wide compliance training for our
employees and directors, ethics training and annual compliance testing, and have established a confidential telephone hotline and
email and web-based portals to report suspected policy violations, fraud, embezzlement, deception in record keeping and reporting,
accounting, auditing matters and other acts which are inappropriate, criminal and/or unethical. Our compliance department
regularly audits and tests business processes and internal practices. This practice of regular internal monitoring and auditing assists
in identifying compliance risks and detecting and preventing any deviations from policy. In order to ensure that our employees
carry out their job responsibilities in a complaint way, our Office of General Counsel advises our employees on compliance with
the laws and regulations that govern the various industries and markets within which the Company operates and provides our
operations personnel and our training department with summaries and updates concerning changes in federal and state statutes
and relevant case law so that they are aware of and in compliance with the laws and judicial decisions that may impact their job
duties.
Regulation
Federal, state, and local statutes establish specific guidelines and procedures which debt collectors must follow when collecting
customer accounts. It is our policy to comply with the provisions of all applicable federal laws and corresponding state and local
statutes in all of our activities. Our failure to comply with these laws could have an adverse effect on us in the event and to the
extent that they apply to some or all of our activities. Federal, state and local consumer protection, privacy and related laws and
regulations extensively regulate the relationship between debt collectors and debtors, and the relationship between customers and
credit card issuers. Significant federal laws and regulations applicable to our business as a debt collector include the following:
Fair Debt Collection Practices Act. This act imposes certain obligations and restrictions on the practices of debt collectors,
including specific restrictions regarding communications with customers, including the time, place and manner of the
communications. This act also gives consumers certain rights, including the right to dispute the validity of their obligations and a
right to sue debt collectors who fail to comply with its provisions, including the right to recover their attorney fees.
Fair Credit Reporting Act. This act places certain requirements on credit information providers regarding the verification of
the accuracy of information provided to credit reporting agencies and investigating consumer disputes concerning the accuracy
of such information. We provide information concerning our accounts to the three major credit reporting agencies, and it is our
practice to correctly report this information and to investigate credit reporting disputes. The Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions
Act amended the Fair Credit Reporting Act to include additional duties applicable to data furnishers with respect to information
15
in the consumer's credit file that the consumer identifies as resulting from identity theft, and requires that data furnishers have
procedures in place to prevent such information from being furnished to credit reporting agencies.
Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act. This act requires that certain financial institutions, including collection agencies, develop policies
to protect the privacy of consumers' private financial information and provide notices to consumers advising them of their privacy
policies. This act also requires that if private personal information concerning a consumer is shared with another unrelated institution,
the consumer must be given an opportunity to opt out of having such information shared. Since we do not share consumer information
with non-related entities, except as required by law, or except as needed to collect on the receivables, our consumers are not entitled
to any opt-out rights under this act. This act is enforced by the Federal Trade Commission, which has retained exclusive jurisdiction
over its enforcement, and does not afford a private cause of action to consumers who may wish to pursue legal action against a
financial institution for violations of this act.
Electronic Funds Transfer Act. This act regulates the use of the Automated Clearing House ("ACH") system to make electronic
funds transfers. All ACH transactions must comply with the rules of the National Automated Check Clearing House Association
("NACHA") and Uniform Commercial Code §3-402. This act, the NACHA regulations and the Uniform Commercial Code give
the consumer, among other things, certain privacy rights with respect to electronic fund transfer transactions, the right to stop
payments on a pre-approved fund transfer, and the right to receive certain documentation of the transaction. This act also gives
consumers a right to sue institutions which cause financial damages as a result of their failure to comply with its provisions.
Telephone Consumer Protection Act. In the process of collecting accounts, we use a variety of methods to communicate with
our customers. This act and similar state laws place certain restrictions on users of certain automated dialing equipment and pre-
recorded messages that place telephone calls to consumers.
Servicemembers Civil Relief Act. The Soldiers' and Sailors' Civil Relief Act of 1940 was amended in December 2003 as the
Servicemembers Civil Relief Act (“SCRA”). The SCRA gives U.S. military service personnel relief from credit obligations they
may have incurred prior to entering military service, and may also apply in certain circumstances to obligations and liabilities
incurred by a servicemember while serving on active duty. The SCRA prohibits creditors from taking specified actions to collect
the defaulted accounts of servicemembers. The SCRA impacts many different types of credit obligations, including installment
contracts and court proceedings, and tolls the statute of limitations during the time that the servicemember is engaged in active
military service. The SCRA also places a cap on interest bearing obligations of servicemembers to an amount not greater than 6%
per year, inclusive of all related charges and fees.
Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act. The Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (“HIPAA”)
provides standards to protect the confidentiality of patients' personal healthcare and financial information. Pursuant to HIPAA,
business associates of health care providers, such as agencies which collect healthcare receivables, must comply with certain
privacy and security standards established by HIPAA to ensure that the information provided will be safeguarded from misuse.
This act is enforced by the Department of Health and Human Services and does not afford a private cause of action to consumers
who may wish to pursue legal action against an institution for violations of this act.
U.S. Bankruptcy Code. In order to prevent any collection activity with bankrupt debtors by creditors and collection agencies,
the U.S. Bankruptcy Code provides for an automatic stay, which prohibits certain contacts with consumers after the filing of
bankruptcy petitions. The U.S. Bankruptcy Code also dictates what types of claims will or will not be allowed in a bankruptcy
proceeding and how such claims may be discharged.
Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act. On July 21, 2010 the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and
Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) became law, and along with it, the unfair, deceptive, or abusive acts or practices
(“UDAAP”) provisions included therein. The Dodd-Frank Act restructured the regulation and supervision of the financial services
industry and created the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (the "CFPB”), with rulemaking, supervisory, and enforcement
authority over larger consumer debt collectors. The Dodd-Frank Act also provides for the CFPB to have the authority to adopt
rules describing specified acts and practices as being “unfair,” “deceptive,” or “abusive,” and hence unlawful. The ultimate impact
of the Dodd-Frank Act on our business cannot be determined at this time.
U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and the U.K. Bribery Act. Our operations outside the United States are subject to the
United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (FCPA), which prohibits United States companies and their agents and employees
from providing anything of value to a foreign official for the purposes of influencing any act or decision of these individuals in
order to obtain an unfair advantage, to help, obtain or retain business. Violations of these laws and related rules and regulations
can result in the imposition of significant civil and criminal fines, penalties and sanctions.
Additionally, there are some state statutes and regulations comparable to the above federal laws, and specific licensing
requirements which affect our operations. State laws may also limit credit account interest rates and fees, as well as limit the time
frame in which judicial and non-judicial actions may be undertaken.
16
Some of the following laws, which apply principally to credit originators, may also affect our operations to some extent:
•
•
•
Truth in Lending Act;
Fair Credit Billing Act; and
Equal Credit Opportunity Act.
Federal laws which regulate credit originators require, among other things, that credit card issuers disclose to consumers the
interest rates, fees, grace periods and balance calculation methods associated with their credit card accounts. Consumers are entitled
under current laws to have payments and credits applied to their accounts promptly, to receive prescribed notices and to require
billing errors to be resolved promptly. Some laws prohibit discriminatory practices in connection with the extension of credit.
Federal statutes further provide that, in some cases, consumers cannot be held liable for, or their liability is limited with respect
to, charges to the credit card account that were a result of an unauthorized use of the credit card. These laws, among others, may
give consumers a legal cause of action against us, or may limit our ability to recover amounts owing with respect to the receivables,
whether or not we committed any wrongful act or omission in connection with the account. If the credit originator fails to comply
with applicable statutes, rules and regulations, it could create claims and rights for consumers that could reduce or eliminate their
obligations to repay the account and have a possible adverse effect on us.
Accordingly, when we acquire defaulted consumer receivables, typically we contractually require credit originators to
indemnify us against any losses caused by their failure to comply with applicable statutes, rules and regulations relating to the
receivables before they are sold to us.
The U.S. Congress and several states have enacted legislation concerning identity theft. Additional consumer protection and
privacy protection laws may be enacted in the U.S and the U.K. that would impose additional requirements on the enforcement
of and recovery on consumer credit card or installment accounts. Any new laws, rules or regulations that may be adopted, as well
as existing consumer protection and privacy protection laws, may adversely affect our ability to recover the receivables. In addition,
our failure to comply with these requirements could adversely affect our ability to enforce the receivables.
We cannot assure you that some of our receivables were not established as a result of identity theft or unauthorized use of a
credit card. In the event that a receivable was established as a result of identity theft or unauthorized use, we could not recover
the amount of the defaulted consumer receivables. As a purchaser of defaulted consumer receivables, we may acquire receivables
subject to legitimate defenses on the part of the consumer. Typically our account purchase contracts allow us to return to the debt
owners certain defaulted consumer receivables that may not be collectible, due to these and other circumstances. Upon return, the
debt owners are required to compensate us or replace the receivables with similar receivables or repurchase the receivables. These
provisions limit to some extent our losses on such accounts.
In addition to our obligation to comply with applicable federal, state and local laws and regulations, we are also obligated to
comply with judicial decisions reached in court cases involving legislation passed by any such governmental bodies.
As a result of our acquisition of PRA UK and its subsidiaries, we are subject to regulatory oversight under the Financial
Services Act (the "FSA"), which became effective in April 2013. The FSA modified the U.K. financial services regulatory structure,
creating a new regulatory framework for the supervision and management of the financial services industry, and transferring
consumer accredit regulation from the Office of Fair Trading to the Financial Conduct Authority and the Prudential Regulatory
Authority. We must also comply with the provisions of the Data Protection Act of 1998 and licensure requirements specific to our
operations in the United Kingdom.
17
Item 1A. Risk Factors.
An investment in our Company involves risk, including the possibility that the value of the investment could fall substantially.
The following are risks that could materially affect our financial results and condition, and the value of, and return on, an investment
in our Company.
A prolonged economic recovery or a deterioration in the economic or inflationary environment in the United States or Europe,
particularly in the United Kingdom, may have an adverse effect on our collections, results of operations, revenue and stock price.
Our performance may be affected by economic or inflationary conditions in the United States and Europe, particularly in
the United Kingdom. Economic conditions in the United States and Europe may be impacted by domestic conditions or by global
political and economic conditions such as the sovereign debt crises experienced in several European countries. There are currently
concerns regarding the action or inaction of the United States government relating to the federal debt ceiling, the federal deficit
and government spending cuts. For example, the United States domestic economy may be negatively impacted if the Congress
does not pass legislation to raise the federal debt ceiling. Deterioration in economic conditions, a prolonged economic recovery,
or a significant rise in inflation could cause personal bankruptcy filings to increase, and the ability of consumers to pay their debts
could be adversely affected. This may in turn adversely impact our financial results. Deteriorating economic conditions or a
prolonged recovery could also adversely impact businesses and governmental entities to which we provide fee-based services,
which could reduce our fee income and cash flow. Other factors associated with the economy that could influence our performance
include the financial stability of the lenders on our line of credit, our access to capital and credit, and financial factors affecting
consumers.
The financial turmoil which affected the banking system and financial markets in recent years resulted in a tightening in
credit markets. There could be a number of follow-on effects from the financial turmoil on our business, including a decrease in
the value of our financial investments and the insolvency of lending institutions, including the lenders on our line of credit, resulting
in our inability to obtain credit. These and other economic factors could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and
results of operations.
We may not be able to continually replace our defaulted consumer receivables with additional receivables portfolios sufficient to
operate efficiently and profitably, and/or we may not be able to purchase defaulted consumer receivables at appropriate prices.
To operate profitably, we must acquire and service a sufficient amount of defaulted consumer receivables to generate revenue
that exceeds our expenses. Fixed costs such as salaries and lease or other facility costs constitute a significant portion of our
overhead and, if we do not replace the defaulted consumer receivables portfolios we service with additional portfolios, we may
have to reduce the number of our collection personnel. We would then have to rehire collection staff if we subsequently obtain
additional defaulted consumer receivables portfolios. These practices could lead to:
•
•
•
•
•
•
low employee morale;
fewer experienced employees;
higher training costs;
disruptions in our operations;
loss of efficiency; and
excess costs associated with unused space in our facilities.
The availability of receivables portfolios at prices which generate an appropriate return on our investment depends on a
number of factors both within and outside of our control, including the following:
•
•
•
the continuation of high levels of consumer debt obligations;
sales of defaulted receivables portfolios by debt owners; and
competitive factors affecting potential purchasers and credit originators of receivables.
Furthermore, heightened regulation of the credit card and consumer lending industry or changing credit origination strategies
may result in decreased availability of credit to consumers, potentially leading to a future reduction in defaulted consumer
receivables available for purchase from debt owners. We cannot predict how our ability to identify and purchase receivables and
18
the quality of those receivables would be affected if there were a shift in consumer lending practices, whether caused by changes
in the regulations or accounting practices applicable to debt owners, a sustained economic downturn or otherwise.
Moreover, there can be no assurance that our existing or potential clients will continue to sell their defaulted consumer
receivables at recent levels or at all, or that we will be able to continue to offer competitive bids for defaulted consumer receivables
portfolios. If we are unable to expand our business or adapt to changing market needs as well as our current or future competitors,
we may experience reduced access to defaulted consumer receivables portfolios at appropriate prices and reduced profitability.
Because of the length of time involved in collecting defaulted consumer receivables on acquired portfolios and the variability
in the timing of our collections, we may not be able to identify trends and make changes in our purchasing strategies in a timely
manner.
A portion of our collections depends on success in individual lawsuits. Additionally, in pursuing legal collections, we may be
unable to obtain accurate and authentic account documents for accounts that we purchase, and despite our quality control measures,
we cannot be certain that all of the documents we provide are error free.
A portion of our collections on accounts is achieved through the legal channel. Accordingly, a percentage of our future
collections is dependent on success in individual lawsuits, and a portion of those are dependent on the success of third party
attorney firms. In addition, when we collect accounts judicially, courts in certain jurisdictions require that a copy of certain account
documents be attached to the pleadings in order to obtain a judgment against the account debtors. If we are unable to
produce accurate and authentic account documents, these courts will deny our claims. We rely on the seller of accounts that we
purchase to fulfill its contractual obligation, if applicable, to provide account documents to us in an accurate and timely fashion.
Additionally, we rely on our employees to produce accurate and authentic documents. Our inability to obtain these documents
from the seller, or our own errors in producing account documents, may negatively impact the liquidation rate on such accounts
that are subject to judicial collections. Additionally, our ability to collect non-judicially may be negatively impacted by state laws
which require that certain types of account documentation be in our possession prior to the institution of any collection activities.
We may not be able to collect sufficient amounts on our defaulted consumer receivables to fund our operations.
Our business primarily consists of acquiring and liquidating receivables that consumers have failed to pay and that the credit
originator has deemed uncollectible and has charged-off. The debt owners have typically made numerous attempts to recover on
their defaulted consumer receivables, often using a combination of in-house recovery efforts and third-party collection agencies.
These defaulted consumer receivables are difficult to collect and we may not collect a sufficient amount to cover our investment
associated with purchasing the defaulted consumer receivables and the costs of running our business.
We may not be successful at acquiring and collecting receivables of new asset types.
We may pursue the acquisition of receivables portfolios of asset types in which we have little current experience. We may
not be successful in completing acquisitions of receivables of these asset types and our limited experience in these asset types may
impair our ability to collect on these receivables. This may cause us to pay too much for these receivables and, consequently, we
may not generate a profit from these receivables portfolio acquisitions.
Our collections may decrease if certain types of bankruptcy filings involving liquidations increase.
Various economic trends and potential changes to existing legislation may contribute to an increase in the amount of personal
bankruptcy filings. Under certain bankruptcy filings a debtor's assets may be sold to repay creditors, but because the defaulted
consumer receivables we service are generally unsecured we often would not be able to collect on those receivables. We cannot
ensure that our collections would not decline with an increase in personal bankruptcy filings or changes in bankruptcy regulations
or practices. If our actual collection experience with respect to a defaulted bankrupt consumer receivables portfolio is significantly
lower than we projected when we purchased the portfolio, our financial condition and results of operations could deteriorate.
Our ability to collect on portfolios of bankrupt consumer receivables may be impacted by changes in, or interpretations of, federal
laws or changes in the administrative practices of the various bankruptcy courts.
We file claims in bankruptcy courts on consumer receivables in which consumers have filed for bankruptcy protection under
available U.S. bankruptcy laws. We receive payments from the courts on consumer receivables which become bankrupt after we
acquire them, and we also purchase accounts that are currently in bankruptcy proceedings. Our ability to collect on portfolios of
bankrupt consumer receivables may be impacted by changes in, or interpretations of, federal laws or changes in administrative
practices of the various bankruptcy courts.
19
Our ability to collect and enforce our finance receivables may be limited under federal and state laws.
The businesses conducted by PRA's operating subsidiaries are subject to licensing and regulation by governmental and
regulatory bodies in the many jurisdictions in which we operate and conduct our business. Federal and state laws may limit our
ability to collect and enforce our defaulted consumer receivables regardless of any act or omission on our part. Some laws and
regulations applicable to credit issuers may preclude us from collecting on defaulted consumer receivables we purchase if the
credit issuer previously failed to comply with applicable laws in generating or servicing those receivables. Collection laws and
regulations also directly apply to our business. Such laws and regulations are extensive and subject to change. Additional consumer
protection and privacy protection laws may be enacted that would impose additional requirements on the enforcement of and
collection on consumer credit receivables. Any new laws, rules or regulations that may be adopted, as well as existing consumer
protection and privacy protection laws, or changes in the ways that existing rules or laws are interpreted or enforced, may adversely
affect our ability to collect on our defaulted consumer receivables and may harm our business. In addition to the creation of the
Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (the “CFPB”) noted below, federal, state and local governmental bodies are also considering,
and may consider in the future, legislative proposals that would regulate the collection of our defaulted consumer receivables.
Further, certain tax laws could negatively impact our ability to collect or cause us to incur additional expenses. Although we cannot
predict if or how any future legislation would impact our business, our failure to comply with any current or future laws or
regulations applicable to us could limit our ability to collect on our defaulted consumer receivables, which could reduce our
profitability and harm our business.
Failure to comply with existing and new government regulation of the collections industry could result in penalties, fines, litigation,
damage to our reputation or the suspension or termination of our ability to conduct our business.
The collections industry is governed by various U.S. federal, state and local laws and regulations, as well as by laws and
regulations in the U.K. Many states regulate our business and require us to be a licensed debt collector. Our industry is also at
times investigated by regulators and offices of state attorneys general, which could lead to enforcement actions, fines and penalties,
or the assertion of private claims and law suits against us. The Federal Trade Commission has the authority to investigate consumer
complaints against debt collection companies and to recommend enforcement actions and seek monetary penalties. As discussed
below, our debt collection activities are also subject to supervision and enforcement action by the CFPB. If we fail to comply
with applicable laws and regulations, such failure could result in penalties, litigation losses and expenses, damage to our reputation,
or the suspension or termination of our ability to conduct collections, which would adversely affect our financial results and
condition. In addition, new federal and state or local laws or regulations or changes in the ways that existing rules or laws are
interpreted or enforced could limit our activities in the future or significantly increase the cost of compliance. Furthermore, judges
or regulatory bodies could interpret current rules or laws differently than the way we do, leading to such adverse consequences
described above. If it is asserted that we failed to comply with applicable laws and regulations, such failure could result in penalties,
litigation losses and expenses, damage to our reputation, or the suspension or termination of our ability to conduct collections,
which would adversely affect our financial results and condition.
Changes in governmental laws and regulations could increase our costs and liabilities or impact our operations.
Changes in laws and regulations or the manner in which they are interpreted or applied may alter our business environment.
This could affect our results of operations or increase our liabilities. These negative impacts could result from changes in collection
laws, laws related to credit reporting, laws related to consumer bankruptcy, accounting standards, taxation requirements,
employment laws and communications laws, among others. For example, we know that federal and state governments are currently
reviewing existing laws related to debt collection, in order to determine if any changes are needed.
On July 21, 2010, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Reform Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) became law. The
Dodd-Frank Act restructures the regulation and supervision of the financial services industry. The Dodd-Frank Act created a new
independent regulator, the CFPB. The CFPB has rulemaking, supervisory, and enforcement and other authorities relating to
consumer financial products and services, including debt collection, provided by covered persons. We are subject to the CFPB’s
supervisory and enforcement authority.
The CFPB has rulemaking authority with respect to significant federal statutes that impact the debt collection industry,
including the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act and the Fair Credit Reporting Act. As a result, the CFPB has the authority to
adopt regulations that interpret the FDCPA, potentially impacting the manner in which we conduct our debt collection business.
The Dodd-Frank Act also provides for the CFPB to take action against a covered person in regard to an unfair, deceptive, or abusive
act or practice and to adopt rules describing specified acts and practices as being “unfair,” “deceptive,” or “abusive.”
20
In October 2012, the CFPB issued a rule that became effective on January 2, 2013, which subjects entities that qualify as
larger participants of the consumer debt collection market to a higher level of supervision by the CFPB. Entities that have more
than $10 million in annual receipts from consumer debt collection activities, as defined in the rule, are subject to this additional
authority. Under this authority, we are subject to examination and supervision by the CFPB. We may in the future be subject to
registration and reporting requirements imposed by the CFPB.
If we become subject to additional costs or liabilities in the future resulting from our supervision or examination by the
CFPB, or by changes in, or additions to laws and regulations, that could adversely affect our results of operations and financial
condition.
Investigations or enforcement actions by governmental authorities may result in changes to our business practices; negatively
impact our portfolio purchasing volume; make collection of account balances more difficult or expose us to the risk of fines,
penalties, restitution payments and litigation.
Our business practices may be subject to review from time to time by various governmental authorities. These reviews may
involve governmental authority consideration of individual consumer complaints, or could involve a broader review of our debt
collection policies and practices. Such investigations could lead to assertions by governmental authorities that we are not complying
with applicable laws or regulations. In such circumstances, authorities may request or seek to impose a range of remedies that
could involve potential compensatory or punitive damage claims, fines, restitutionary payments, sanctions or injunctive relief,
that if agreed to or granted, could require us to make payments or incur other expenditures that could have an adverse effect on
our financial position. Government authorities could also request or seek to require us to cease certain of our practices or institute
new practices. We may also elect to change practices that we believe are compliant with applicable law and regulations in order
to respond to the concerns of governmental authorities. Such changes in practices could negatively impact our results of operations.
Negative publicity relating to investigations or proceedings brought by governmental authorities could have an adverse impact
on our reputation, could harm our ability to conduct business with industry participants, and could result in financial institutions
reducing or eliminating sales of portfolios to us which would harm our business and negatively impact our financial results.
Moreover, responding to governmental inquiries and investigations and defending lawsuits or other proceedings could require
significant expenditures and could divert management’s attention from our business operations. All of these factors could have
an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Our international operations expose us to additional risks which could harm our business, operating results, and financial
condition.
In 2012, we acquired PRA UK, a United Kingdom debt collection and purchase group, and we intend to expand our
international operations in the future. We have limited operating experience in international markets. In addition to risks described
elsewhere in this section, our international operations expose us to numerous risks and uncertainties, including the following:
• changes in local political, economic, social and labor conditions in Europe, particularly in the United Kingdom;
• foreign exchange controls that might prevent us from repatriating cash earned in countries outside the United States;
• currency exchange rate fluctuations and our ability to manage these fluctuations through a foreign exchange risk
management program;
• different employee/employer relationships, laws and regulations and existence of employment tribunals;
• laws and regulations imposed by foreign governments, including those relating to governing data security, sharing and
transfer;
• potentially adverse tax consequences resulting from changes in tax laws in the foreign jurisdictions in which we operate;
and
• logistical, communications and other challenges caused by distance and cultural differences, making it harder to do
business in certain jurisdictions.
Any one of these factors could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
21
Compliance with complex foreign and U.S. laws and regulations that apply to our international operations could increase our
cost of doing business in international jurisdictions.
Compliance with complex foreign and U.S. laws and regulations that apply to our international operations could increase
our cost of doing business in international jurisdictions. These laws and regulations include anti-corruption laws such as the
Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (“FCPA”), the UK Bribery Act of 2010 and other local laws prohibiting corrupt payments to
governmental officials, and those related to taxation. The FCPA, and similar antibribery laws in other jurisdictions generally
prohibit U.S.-based companies and their intermediaries from making improper payments to non-U.S. officials for the purpose of
obtaining or retaining business. The U.K. Bribery Act 2010 prohibits certain entities from making improper payments to
governmental officials and to commercial entities. Violations of these laws and regulations could result in fines and penalties;
criminal sanctions against us, our officers, or our employees; prohibitions on the conduct of our business and on our ability to
offer our products and services in one or more countries, and could also adversely affect our brand, our international expansion
efforts, our ability to attract and retain employees, our business and our operating results. Although we have implemented policies
and procedures designed to ensure compliance with these laws and regulations, there can be no assurance that our employees,
contractors or agents will not violate our policies.
Exchange rate fluctuations could adversely affect our results of operations and financial position.
Because we conduct business in currencies other than U.S. dollars but report our financial results in U.S. dollars, we face
exposure to fluctuations in currency exchange rates. As a result, significant fluctuations in exchange rates between the U.S. dollar
and foreign currencies may adversely affect our net income. We may or may not implement a hedging program related to currency
exchange rate fluctuations. Additionally, if implemented, such hedging programs could expose us to additional risks that could
adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.
Our potential acquisition of Aktiv Kapital AS exposes us to risks which could harm our business, operating results, and financial
condition.
On February 19, 2014, we entered into an agreement to acquire the equity of Aktiv Kapital AS (“Aktiv”). Aktiv is a Norway-
based company specializing in the acquisition and servicing of non-performing consumer loans throughout Europe and Canada.
It maintains in-house servicing platforms in eight markets, and owns portfolios in fifteen markets.
The announcement and pendency of the acquisition could cause disruptions in and create uncertainty surrounding our
business. In addition, we have incurred, and will continue to incur, significant costs in connection with this acquisition and we
have diverted, and will continue to divert, significant management resources in an effort to complete the acquisition. This could
have a negative impact on our ability to manage our existing operations or pursue alternative strategic transactions, which could
have a negative effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
The transaction is expected to close in the second quarter of 2014 upon successful completion of customary closing conditions,
including approval of the transaction by applicable competition authorities and our ability to obtain the necessary financing to
consummate the transaction. No assurances can be given that we will be able to close this transaction on the terms and conditions
contemplated by the agreement executed on February 19, 2014, in accordance with the anticipated timing or at all. If the transaction
is not consummated, investors could react negatively and could become concerned about our growth prospects over the next
several years, which could negatively impact the price of our common stock.
We expect to finance this transaction with a combination of cash, seller financing, funding from our domestic revolving
credit facility, and by accessing an accordion feature on our credit facility. Additionally, we have agreed to guarantee Aktiv’s
current corporate debt. Furthermore, if we are not able to obtain the additional financing that we expect to obtain, it may be
necessary for us to raise alternative funds, potentially at a much higher cost and on less advantageous terms. There can be no
assurance that we will be successful in our efforts to obtain the financing necessary to consummate the transaction on favorable
terms or at all.
As a result of the financing of this transaction, we expect our debt to increase significantly, both in terms of the total amount
of our borrowings and as a percentage of the equity of the combined company. This increase in our indebtedness could increase
our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions, make it more difficult for us to satisfy obligations with
respect to our indebtedness, require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to service payments on
our debt, limit our flexibility to react to changes in our business and the industry in which we operate, place us at a competitive
disadvantage with our competitors that have less debt and limit our ability to borrow additional funds.
22
Integrating the operations of Aktiv successfully with our current operations or otherwise realizing the anticipated benefits
of the acquisition of Aktiv involves a number of challenges. We may not successfully integrate the operations of Aktiv with our
current operations, and we may not realize the anticipated benefits of the acquisition to the extent, or in the timeframe anticipated,
or at all. The failure to successfully integrate the operations of Aktiv with our existing operations or to realize the anticipated
benefits of the acquisition could have a negative effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Other than our existing UK business, PRAUK, which we acquired in 2012, we have limited operating experience in
international markets. If consummated, this international acquisition expands the risks and uncertainties described elsewhere in
this section, including the following:
• changes in local political, economic, social and labor conditions in Europe and Canada;
• foreign exchange controls that might prevent us from repatriating cash earned in countries outside the United States;
• currency exchange rate fluctuations and our ability to manage these fluctuations through a foreign exchange risk
management program;
• different employee/employer relationships, laws and regulations and existence of employment tribunals;
• laws and regulations imposed by foreign governments, including those relating to governing data security, sharing and
transfer;
• potentially adverse tax consequences resulting from changes in tax laws in the foreign jurisdictions in which we operate;
and
• logistical, communications and other challenges caused by distance and cultural differences, making it harder to do
business in certain jurisdictions.
Any one of these factors could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Goodwill or other intangible asset impairment could negatively impact our net income and stockholders' equity.
Goodwill is not amortized, but is tested for impairment at the reporting unit level. Goodwill is required to be tested for
impairment annually and between annual tests if events or circumstances indicate that it is more likely than not that the fair value
of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. There are numerous risks that may cause the fair value of a reporting unit to
fall below its carrying amount, which could lead to the recognition of goodwill impairment. These risks include, but are not limited
to, adverse changes in macroeconomic conditions, the business climate, or the market for the entity's products or services; significant
variances between actual and expected financial results; negative or declining cash flows; lowered expectations of future results;
failure to realize anticipated synergies from acquisitions; significant expense increases; a more likely-than-not expectation of
selling or disposing all or a portion of a reporting unit; the loss of key personnel; a sustained decline in the Company's market
capitalization; and an adverse action or assessment by a regulator.
Other intangible assets, such as client and customer relationships, non-compete agreements and trademarks, are amortized.
Risks, such as those that could lead to the recognition of goodwill impairment, could also lead to the recognition of other intangible
asset impairment.
A loss of customers in our fee-for-service businesses could negatively affect our operations.
Our fee-for-service customers, in general, may terminate their relationship with us on 30 to 90 days' prior notice. In the
event a customer or customers terminate or significantly cut back any relationship with us, it could reduce our profitability and
harm our business. Additionally, with respect to the acquisitions of our fee businesses, a significant portion of the valuation of
such business was attributed to existing client and customer relationships. Therefore, a loss of customers in these businesses could
give rise to an impairment charge related to intangible assets specifically ascribed to existing client and customer relationships.
23
Our senior management team is important to our continued success and the loss of one or more members of senior management
could negatively affect our operations.
The loss of the services of one or more of our key executive officers or key employees could disrupt our operations. We
have employment agreements with our Chief Executive Officer and several of our other senior executives. The current agreements
contain non-compete provisions that survive termination of employment. However, these agreements do not and will not assure
the continued services of these officers and we cannot ensure that the non-compete provisions will be enforceable. Our success
depends on the continued service and performance of our key executive officers, and we cannot guarantee that we will be able to
retain those individuals.
Our work force could become unionized in the future, which could adversely affect the stability of our operations and increase
our costs.
Currently, none of our employees are represented by unions. However, our U.S. employees have the right at any time under
the National Labor Relations Act to form or affiliate with a union. If some of our workforce were to become unionized and the
terms of the collective bargaining agreement were significantly different from our current compensation arrangements, it could
adversely affect the stability of our work force and increase our costs.
We experience high employee turnover rates and we may not be able to hire and retain enough sufficiently trained employees to
support our operations.
The receivables management industry is very labor intensive and, similar to other companies in our industry, we typically
experience a high rate of employee turnover. We experience higher productivity with more seasoned collectors. We compete for
qualified personnel with companies in our industry and in other industries. Our growth requires that we continually hire and train
new collectors. A higher turnover rate among our collectors will increase our recruiting and training costs and limit the number
of experienced collection personnel available to service our Core defaulted consumer receivables. If this were to occur, we would
not be able to service our Core defaulted consumer receivables effectively and this would reduce our ability to continue our growth
and operate profitably.
We may not be able to retain, renegotiate or replace our credit facility.
Our credit facility includes an aggregate principal amount of $630.5 million which consists of a $195.0 variable rate term
loan and a $435.5 million revolving facility that both mature on December 19, 2017. If we are unable to retain, renegotiate or
replace our credit facility, our growth could be adversely affected, which could negatively impact liquidity and our business
operations.
We incurred additional indebtedness in the form of Convertible Senior Notes.
In August 2013, we completed a private offering of $287.5 million aggregate principal amount of 3.00% Convertible Senior
Notes due 2020 (the “Notes”). Our ability to make scheduled payments of the principal of, to pay interest on, or to refinance our
indebtedness, including the Notes, or to make cash payments in connection with any conversion of the Notes depends on our future
performance, which is subject to economic, financial, competitive and other factors beyond our control. Our business may not
continue to generate cash flow from operations in the future sufficient to service our indebtedness and make necessary capital
expenditures. If we are unable to generate such cash flow, we may be required to adopt one or more alternatives, such as selling
assets, restructuring indebtedness or obtaining additional equity capital on terms that may be onerous or highly dilutive. Our ability
to refinance our indebtedness will depend on the capital markets and our financial condition at that time. We may not be able to
engage in any of these activities or engage in these activities on desirable terms, which could result in a default on our debt
obligations.
We may not be able to continue to satisfy the restrictive covenants in the agreements governing our debt.
The agreements governing our debt impose a number of covenants, including restrictive covenants on how we operate our
business. Failure to satisfy any one of these covenants could result in negative consequences including the following, each of
which could have an adverse effect on our liquidity and our ability to conduct business:
• acceleration of outstanding indebtedness;
• exercise by our lenders of rights with respect to the collateral pledged under certain of our outstanding indebtedness;
• our inability to continue to purchase receivables needed to operate our business; or
24
• our inability to secure alternative financing on favorable terms, if at all.
We may not have the ability to raise the funds necessary to repurchase the Notes upon a fundamental change or to settle conversions
in cash.
Holders of the Notes will have the right to require us to repurchase their Notes upon the occurrence of a fundamental change
at a repurchase price equal to 100% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any. In addition, in the event
the conditional conversion feature of the Notes is triggered, holders of the Notes will be entitled to convert the Notes at any time
during specified periods at their option. Upon a conversion of Notes, unless we elect to deliver solely shares of our common stock
to settle such conversion (other than paying cash in lieu of delivering any fractional shares of our common stock), we will be
required to make cash payments in respect of the Notes. However, we may not have enough available cash or be able to obtain
financing at the time we are required to make repurchases of Notes surrendered therefor or to settle conversions in cash and our
ability to repurchase the Notes or pay cash upon conversion may be limited by law.
The accounting method for convertible debt securities that may be settled in cash, such as the Notes, could have an adverse effect
on our reported financial results.
We follow the guidance of ASC 470-20, "Debt with Conversion and Other Options" (“ASC 470-20”). Under ASC 470-20,
an entity must separately account for the liability and equity components of the convertible debt instruments (such as the Notes)
that may be settled entirely or partially in cash upon conversion in a manner that reflects the issuer’s economic interest cost. The
effect of ASC 470-20 on the accounting for the Notes is that the equity component is required to be included in the additional
paid-in capital section of stockholders’ equity on our consolidated balance sheet and the value of the equity component is treated
as original issue discount for purposes of accounting for the debt component of the Notes. As a result, we are required to record
a greater amount of non-cash interest expense in current periods presented as a result of the amortization of the discounted carrying
value of the Notes to their face amount over the term of the Notes. We will report lower net income in our financial results because
ASC 470-20 will require interest to include both the current period’s amortization of the debt discount and the instrument’s coupon
interest, which could adversely affect our reported or future financial results, the trading price of our common stock and the trading
price of the Notes.
In addition, under certain circumstances, convertible debt instruments (such as the Notes) that may be settled entirely or
partly in cash are currently accounted for utilizing the treasury stock method, the effect of which is that the shares issuable upon
conversion of the Notes are not included in the calculation of diluted earnings per share except to the extent that the conversion
value of the Notes exceeds their respective principal amount. Under the treasury stock method, for diluted earnings per share
purposes, the transaction is accounted for as if the number of shares of common stock that would be necessary to settle such excess,
if we elected to settle such excess in shares, are issued. We cannot be sure that the accounting standards in the future will continue
to permit the use of the treasury stock method. If we are unable to use the treasury stock method in accounting for the shares
issuable upon conversion of the Notes, then our diluted earnings per share could be adversely affected.
Conversion of the Notes may affect the price of our common stock.
The conversion of some or all of the Notes may dilute the ownership interest of existing stockholders to the extent we deliver
shares of common stock upon conversion. Holders of the Notes will be able to convert them only upon the satisfaction of certain
conditions prior to February 1, 2020. Upon conversion, holders of the Notes will receive cash, shares of common stock or a
combination of cash and shares of common stock, at our election. Any sales in the public market of shares of common stock
issued upon conversion of the Notes could adversely affect the trading price of our common stock.
Changes in interest rates could increase our interest expense and reduce our net income. Our future hedging strategies may not
be successful in mitigating our risks associated with changes in interest rates and could adversely affect our results of operations
and financial condition, as could our failure to comply with hedge accounting principles and interpretations.
Our revolving credit facility bears interest at a variable rate. Increases in interest rates could increase our interest expense
which would, in turn, lower our earnings. From time to time, we may enter into hedging transactions to mitigate our interest rate
risk on a portion of our credit facility. Hedging strategies rely on assumptions and projections. If these assumptions and projections
prove to be incorrect or our hedges do not adequately mitigate the impact of changes in interest rates, we may experience volatility
in our earnings that could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. We had no interest rate hedge contracts
at December 31, 2013.
25
In addition, hedge accounting in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 815 “Derivatives and Hedging” requires the application
of significant subjective judgments to a body of accounting concepts that is complex and for which the interpretations have
continued to evolve within the accounting profession and among the standard-setting bodies. Our failure to comply with hedge
accounting principles and interpretations in the future could result in the loss of the applicability of hedge accounting which could
adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
Additional taxes levied on us could harm our financial results.
PRA is subject to taxes in the U.S. and the United Kingdom. PRA's future effective tax rates could be affected by changes
in the mix of earnings in countries with differing statutory tax rates, changes in the valuation of deferred tax assets and liabilities,
or changes in tax laws or their interpretation. Any of these changes could have an adverse effect on PRA's profitability. The
determination of the worldwide provision for income taxes and other tax liabilities requires significant judgment. Although we
believe our estimates are reasonable, the ultimate tax outcome may differ from the amounts recorded in our financial statements
and may adversely affect our financial results in the period or periods for which such determination is made.
Our tax filings are subject to audit by domestic and foreign tax authorities. These audits may result in assessments of additional
taxes, adjustments to the timing of taxable income or deductions or allocations of income among tax jurisdictions. If any such
challenges are made and are not resolved in our favor, they could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of
operations.
We file domestic income tax returns using the cost recovery method for tax revenue recognition as it relates to our debt
purchasing business. The Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) has audited and issued a Notice of Deficiency for the tax years ended
December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005. It has asserted that cost recovery for tax revenue recognition does not clearly reflect taxable
income and that unused line fees paid on credit facilities should be capitalized and amortized rather than taken as a current deduction.
We have filed a petition in the United States Tax Court and believe we have sufficient support for the technical merits of our
positions and that it is more-likely-than-not that they will ultimately be sustained; therefore, a reserve for uncertain tax positions
is not necessary. If we are unsuccessful in the United States Tax Court, we can appeal to the federal Circuit Court of Appeals. If
judicial appeals prove unsuccessful, we may ultimately be required to pay the related deferred taxes, any potential interest, and
penalties, possibly requiring additional financing from other sources. The deferred tax liability related to revenue recognition on
our debt purchasing business is $209.3 million at December 31, 2013. On June 30, 2011, we were notified by the IRS that the
audit period was expanded to include the tax years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008. The statute of limitations for the 2008,
2009 and 2010 tax years has been extended to September 26, 2014.
For financial reporting purposes, we utilize the interest method of revenue recognition for determining our income recognized on
finance receivables, which is based on an analysis of projected cash flows that may prove to be less than anticipated and could
lead to reductions in future revenues or the incurrence of allowance charges.
We utilize the interest method to determine income recognized on finance receivables under the guidance of Financial
Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification 310-30, “Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated
Credit Quality” (“ASC 310-30”). Under this method, static pools of receivables we acquire are modeled upon their projected cash
flows. A yield is then established which, when applied to the unamortized purchase price of the receivables, results in the recognition
of income at a constant yield relative to the remaining balance in the pool. Each static pool is analyzed regularly to assess the
actual performance compared to that expected by the model. Significant increases in expected future cash flows may be recognized
prospectively, through an upward adjustment of the yield, over a pool's remaining life. If a valuation allowance had been previously
recognized for that pool, the allowance is reversed before recording any prospective yield adjustments. Any increase to the yield
then becomes the new benchmark for future impairment testing for the pool. Under ASC 310-30, rather than lowering the estimated
yield if the collection estimates are not received or projected to be received, the carrying value of a pool would be written down
to maintain the then current yield and is shown as a reduction in revenue in the consolidated income statements with a corresponding
valuation allowance offsetting finance receivables, net, on the consolidated balance sheets. As a result, if the accuracy of the
modeling process deteriorates or there is a significant decline in anticipated future cash flows, we could incur reductions in future
revenues resulting from additional allowance charges, which could reduce our profitability in a given period.
Our loss contingency accruals may not be adequate to cover actual losses.
We are involved in judicial, regulatory, and arbitration proceedings or investigations concerning matters arising from our
business activities. We have adopted reasonable compliance procedures and believe we have meritorious defenses in all material
litigation pending against us; however, there can be no assurance as to the ultimate outcome. We establish accruals for potential
liability arising from legal proceedings when it is probable that such liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be
reasonably estimated. We may still incur legal costs for a matter even if we have not accrued a liability. In addition, actual losses
26
may be higher than the amount accrued for a certain matter, or in the aggregate. An unfavorable resolution of a legal proceeding
or claim could adversely impact our financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows. For more information, refer to the
“Litigation” section of Note 14 (Commitments and Contingencies).
Class action suits and other litigation could divert our management’s attention from operating our business and increase our
expenses.
Originators, debt purchasers and third-party collection agencies and attorneys in the consumer credit industry are frequently
subject to putative class action lawsuits and other litigation. Claims include failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations
and improper or deceptive origination and servicing practices. Being a defendant in such class action lawsuits or other litigation
could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
We rely on our systems, including our telecommunications and computers systems, and employees, and certain failures or
disruptions could adversely affect the continuity of our business operations.
We may be subject to disruptions of our operating systems arising from events that are not entirely within our control. Those
events may include, for example, terrorist attacks, war and the outcome of war and threats of attacks; computer viruses; electrical
or telecommunications outages; natural disasters; computer hacking attacks; malicious employee acts; other intentional destructive
human acts; and disease pandemics. We could be subject to both private and public legal actions if consumer information stored
in our systems is lost or misappropriated, as we are subject to extensive laws and regulations concerning the use and safeguarding
of this information. Any or all of these occurrences could have an adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.
Additionally, our success depends in large part on sophisticated telecommunications and computer systems. The temporary
or permanent loss of our computer and telecommunications equipment and software systems, through casualty or operating
malfunction, could disrupt our operations. In the normal course of our business, we must record and process significant amounts
of data quickly and accurately to access, maintain and expand the databases we use for our collection activities. Any failure of
our information systems or software and our backup systems would interrupt our business operations and harm our business. Our
headquarters are located in a region that is susceptible to hurricane damage, which may increase the risk of disruption of information
systems and telephone service for sustained periods.
Further, our business depends heavily on services provided by various local and long distance telephone companies. A
significant increase in telephone service costs or any significant interruption in telephone services could reduce our profitability
or disrupt our operations and harm our business.
The occurrence of cyber incidents, or a deficiency in our cyber-security, could negatively impact our business by causing a
disruption in our operations, a compromise or corruption of our confidential information or damage to our Company's image,
all of which could negatively impact our financial results.
A cyber incident is considered to be any adverse event that threatens the confidentiality, integrity or availability of our
information resources. More specifically, a cyber incident is an intentional or unintentional event that can include gaining
unauthorized access to systems to disrupt operations, corrupt data or steal confidential information. As our reliance on technology
has increased, so have the risks posed to our systems, both internal and those we have outsourced. Our three primary risks that
could directly result from the occurrence of a cyber incident are operational interruption, damage to our image, and private data
exposure. Private data may include customer information or proprietary business information such as underwriting and collections
methodologies. We have implemented solutions, processes, and procedures to help mitigate these risks, but these measures, as
well as our organization's increased awareness of our risk of a cyber incident, do not guarantee that our financial results will not
be negatively impacted by such an incident.
We serve markets that are highly competitive, and we may be unable to compete with businesses that may have greater
resources than us.
We face competition in the markets we serve from new and existing providers of outsourced receivables management
services, including other purchasers of defaulted consumer receivables portfolios, contingent fee businesses and debt owners that
manage their own defaulted consumer receivables rather than outsourcing them. The receivables management industry is highly
fragmented and competitive, consisting of thousands of consumer and commercial agencies, most of which compete in the
contingent fee business.
We face bidding competition in our acquisition of defaulted consumer receivables and in our placement of fee based
receivables, and we also compete on the basis of reputation, industry experience and performance. Some of our current competitors
27
and possible new competitors may have substantially greater financial, personnel and other resources, greater adaptability to
changing market needs, longer operating histories and more established relationships in our industry than we currently have.
Moreover, our competitors may elect to pay prices that we determine are not reasonable and, in that event, our volume of purchases
may be diminished. In the future, we may not have the resources or ability to compete successfully. As there are few significant
barriers for entry to new providers of fee based receivables management services, there can also be no assurance that additional
competitors with greater resources than ours will not enter the market.
We may make business acquisitions that prove unsuccessful or strain or divert our resources.
Through acquisitions, we may enter markets in which we have no or limited experience. Further, acquisitions may place
additional constraints on our resources by diverting the attention of our management team from other business concerns. Moreover,
any acquisition may result in a potentially dilutive issuance of equity securities or may result in the incurrence of additional debt
and amortization expenses of related intangible assets, which could reduce our profitability and harm our business.
We intend to consider acquisitions of companies that could complement our business, including the acquisition of entities
offering greater access and expertise in other asset types and markets that are related but that we do not currently serve. We may
not be able to successfully operate future acquired entities, or integrate these businesses with our own, and we may be unable to
maintain our standards, controls and policies.
We may not be able to manage our growth effectively.
We have expanded significantly since our formation and we intend to maintain our focus on growth. However, our growth
will place additional demands on our resources and we cannot ensure that we will be able to manage our growth effectively. In
order to successfully manage our growth, we may need to:
• expand and enhance our administrative infrastructure;
• continue to improve our management, financial and information systems and controls; and
• recruit, train, manage and retain our employees effectively.
Continued growth could place a strain on our management, operations and financial resources. We cannot ensure that our
infrastructure, facilities and personnel will be adequate to support our future operations or to effectively adapt to future growth.
If we cannot manage our growth effectively, our results of operations may be adversely affected.
The market price of our shares of common stock could fluctuate significantly.
Wide fluctuations in the trading price or volume of our shares of common stock could be caused by many factors, including
factors relating to our company or to investor perception of our company (including changes in financial estimates and
recommendations by research analysts), but also factors relating to (or relating to investor perception of) the receivables
management industry, debt collection or the economy in general.
Negative publicity or reputational attacks could damage our reputation and our business.
From time to time there are negative news stories about our industry or company, especially with respect to alleged conduct
in collecting debt from customers. Internet sites are maintained where consumers can list their concerns about the activities of
debt collectors and seek guidance from other website posters on how to handle the situation. Advertisements by debt relief attorneys
and credit counseling centers are becoming more common, adding to the negative attention given to our industry. Negative public
opinion about our alleged or actual debt collection practices or about the debt collection industry, including those expressed via
television, newspapers, radio, or social media such as blogs, websites or newsletters, regardless of the factual accuracy of the
assertions, could adversely impact our stock price and our ability to retain and attract customers and employees and customers
may be more reluctant to pay their debts and more likely to pursue legal action against us regardless of whether those actions are
warranted. Furthermore, such negative publicity could result in financial institutions reducing or eliminating sales of portfolios
to us which would harm our business and negatively impact our financial results.
28
Our certificate of incorporation, by-laws and Delaware law contain provisions that may prevent or delay a change of control or
that may otherwise be in the best interest of our stockholders.
Our certificate of incorporation and by-laws contain provisions that may make it more difficult, expensive or otherwise
discourage a tender offer or a change in control or takeover attempt by a third-party, even if such a transaction would be beneficial
to our stockholders. The existence of these provisions may have a negative impact on the price of our common stock by discouraging
third-party investors from purchasing our common stock. In particular, our certificate of incorporation and by-laws include
provisions that:
• classify our board of directors into three groups, each of which will serve for staggered three-year terms;
• permit a majority of the stockholders to remove our directors only for cause;
• permit our directors, and not our stockholders, to fill vacancies on our board of directors;
• require stockholders to give us advance notice to nominate candidates for election to our board of directors or to make
stockholder proposals at a stockholders’ meeting;
• permit a special meeting of our stockholders to be called only by approval of a majority of the directors, the chairman of
the board of directors, the chief executive officer, the president or the written request of holders owning at least 30% of
our common stock;
• permit our board of directors to issue, without approval of our stockholders, preferred stock with such terms as our board
of directors may determine;
• permit the authorized number of directors to be changed only by a resolution of the board of directors; and
• require the vote of the holders of a majority of our voting shares for stockholder amendments to our by-laws.
In addition, we are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law which provides certain restrictions on
business combinations between us and any party acquiring a 15% or greater interest in our voting stock other than in a transaction
approved by our board of directors and, in certain cases, by our stockholders. These provisions of our certificate of incorporation,
our by-laws and Delaware law could delay or prevent a change in control, even if our stockholders support such proposals.
Moreover, these provisions could diminish the opportunities for stockholders to participate in certain tender offers, including
tender offers at prices above the then-current market value of our common stock, and may also inhibit increases in the trading
price of our common stock that could result from takeover attempts or speculation.
The sudden collapse of one of the financial institutions in which we are depositors could negatively affect our financial results.
We maintain depository accounts with financial institutions for daily cash flow needs. With the elimination of unlimited
FDIC coverage on depository accounts at the end of 2012, we have exposure with certain financial institutions to the extent our
cash balances exceed the current $250,000 in maximum coverage. If one of the financial institutions in which we have significant
deposits in excess of $250,000 were to collapse suddenly, we could potentially be unable to retrieve our deposits and therefore
incur significant losses relating to the lost deposits. This could have an adverse effect on our financial results.
29
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments.
None.
Item 2. Properties.
Our corporate headquarters and primary operations facility are located in Norfolk, Virginia. Our leased PRA UK subsidiary
facility is located in Kilmarnock, Scotland. In addition, we have operational centers, all of which are leased except the facilities
in Kansas and Tennessee, in the following locations in the United States:
- Birmingham, Alabama
- Conshohocken, Pennsylvania
- North Richland Hills, Texas
- Fresno, California
- Hampton, Virginia
- Houston, Texas
- Hutchinson, Kansas
- Jackson, Tennessee
- Lake Forest, California
- Las Vegas, Nevada
- Rosemont, Illinois
- San Diego, California
We also lease several less significant facilities in various locations throughout the United States which are not listed above.
We do not consider any specific leased or owned facility to be material to our operations. We believe that equally suitable alternative
facilities are available in all areas where we currently do business.
Item 3. Legal Proceedings.
We are from time to time subject to routine legal claims and proceedings, most of which are incidental to the ordinary course
of our business. We initiate lawsuits against customers and are occasionally countersued by them in such actions. Also, customers,
either individually, as members of a class action, or through a governmental entity on behalf of customers, may initiate litigation
against us in which they allege that we have violated a state or federal law in the process of collecting on an account. From time
to time, other types of lawsuits are brought against us.
No legal proceedings were commenced during the period covered by this report that the Company believes could reasonably
be expected to have a material adverse effect on its financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Refer to Note 14
“Commitments and Contingencies” of our Consolidated Financial Statements (Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K) for information
regarding legal proceedings in which we are involved.
Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures.
Not applicable.
PART II
Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity
Securities.
Price Range of Common Stock
The Company's common stock is traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “PRAA.” The following
table sets forth the high and low sales price for the Company's common stock, as reported by the NASDAQ Global Select Market,
for the periods indicated.
2012
Quarter ended March 31, 2012
Quarter ended June 30, 2012
Quarter ended September 30, 2012
Quarter ended December 31, 2012
High
$24.69
$30.45
$35.39
$35.67
Low
$20.04
$21.63
$26.73
$30.63
2013
Quarter ended March 31, 2013
Quarter ended June 30, 2013
Quarter ended September 30, 2013
Quarter ended December 31, 2013
High
$42.59
$54.62
$61.60
$63.96
Low
$33.68
$38.97
$45.83
$49.88
As of February 18, 2014, there were 77 holders of record of the Company's common stock. Based on information provided
by our transfer agent and registrar, we believe that there were approximately 39,253 beneficial owners of the Company's common
stock as of January 16, 2014.
Stock Performance
The following graph compares from December 31, 2008 to December 31, 2013, the cumulative stockholder returns assuming
an initial investment of $100 in the Company's common stock at the beginning of the period, the stocks comprising the NASDAQ
Global Market Composite Index, the NASDAQ Market Index (U.S.) and the stocks comprising a peer group index consisting of
six peers which includes Encore Capital Group, Inc., Asta Funding, Inc., Atlanticus Holdings Corporation (formerly Compucredit
Holdings Corporation), FTI Consulting Inc. and EPIQ Systems Inc. The prior year graph included Asset Acceptance Capital Corp.,
which merged with Encore Capital Group, Inc. during 2013. Any dividends paid during the five year period are assumed to be
reinvested.
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
As of December 31,
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc.
NASDAQ Market Index (U.S.)
NASDAQ Global Market Composite Index
Custom Peer Group
$
$
$
$
100
100
100
100
$
$
$
$
133
144
145
107
$
$
$
$
222
167
173
102
$
$
$
$
200
168
150
102
$
$
$
$
316
199
173
99
$
$
$
$
468
277
289
133
The comparisons of stock performance shown above are not intended to forecast or be indicative of possible future
performance of PRA’s common stock. PRA does not make or endorse any predictions as to its future stock performance.
31
Dividend Policy
Our board of directors sets our dividend policy. We do not currently pay regular dividends on our common stock and did
not pay dividends in 2013 or 2012; however, our board of directors may determine in the future to declare or pay dividends on
our common stock. Under the terms of our credit facility, cash dividends may not exceed $20 million in any fiscal year without
the consent of our lenders. Any future determination as to the declaration and payment of dividends will be at the discretion of
our board of directors and will depend on then existing conditions, including our financial condition, results of operations,
contractual restrictions, capital requirements, business prospects and other factors that our board of directors may consider relevant.
Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities
None.
Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans
For information regarding securities authorized for issuance under equity compensation plans see Note 10 "Share-Based
Compensation" of our Consolidated Financial Statements.
Share Repurchase Program
On February 2, 2012, the Company's board of directors authorized a share repurchase program to purchase up to $100,000,000
of the Company's outstanding shares of common stock on the open market. There were no purchases of the Company's common
stock during the fourth quarter of 2013.
32
Item 6. Selected Financial Data.
The following selected financial data should be read in conjunction with the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations” section below, the audited consolidated financial statements and the notes to
the audited consolidated financial statements. Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified for consistency with the
current period presentation.
INCOME STATEMENT DATA:
(In thousands, except per share data)
Revenues:
Income recognized on finance receivables, net
Fee income
Total revenues
Operating expenses:
Compensation and employee services
Legal collection fees
Legal collection costs
Agent fees
Outside fees and services
Communications
Rent and occupancy
Depreciation and amortization
Other operating expenses
Impairment of goodwill
Total operating expenses
Gain on sale of property
Income from operations
Interest income
Interest expense
Income before income taxes
Provision for income taxes
Net income
Adjustment for net (income)/loss attributable to
redeemable noncontrolling interest
Net income attributable to Portfolio Recovery Associates,
Inc.
Net income per share attributable to Portfolio Recovery
Associates, Inc:
Basic
Diluted
Weighted average number of shares outstanding:
Basic
Diluted
OPERATING AND OTHER FINANCIAL DATA:
(Dollars in thousands)
Cash receipts
Operating expenses to cash receipts
Return on equity (1)
Acquisitions of finance receivables, at cost (2)
Acquisitions of finance receivables, at face value (2)
Employees at period end
2013
2012
2011
2010
2009
Years Ended December 31,
$
663,546
71,589
735,135
$
530,635
62,166
592,801
$
401,895
57,040
458,935
$
309,680
63,026
372,706
$
215,612
65,479
281,091
192,474
41,488
83,063
5,901
31,615
28,936
7,536
14,385
25,809
6,397
437,604
—
297,531
3
(14,469)
283,065
106,146
176,919
(1,605)
168,356
34,393
72,325
5,906
28,867
25,943
6,781
14,515
19,651
—
376,737
—
216,064
10
(9,041)
207,033
80,934
126,099
138,202
23,621
38,659
7,653
19,310
20,874
5,891
12,943
14,914
—
282,067
1,157
178,025
7
(10,569)
167,463
66,319
101,144
124,077
17,599
31,330
12,012
12,554
15,152
5,313
12,437
12,370
—
242,844
—
129,862
65
(9,052)
120,875
47,004
73,871
106,388
14,872
16,462
15,644
9,570
12,828
4,761
9,213
10,744
—
200,482
—
80,609
3
(7,909)
72,703
28,397
44,306
494
(353)
(417)
—
$
175,314
$
126,593
$
100,791
$
73,454
$
44,306
$3.48
$3.45
50,366
50,873
$2.48
$2.46
50,991
51,369
$1.96
$1.95
51,330
51,690
$1.46
$1.45
50,460
50,655
$0.96
$0.96
46,260
46,362
$ 1,214,026
$
970,852
$
762,530
$
592,368
$
433,482
36%
22%
39%
20%
37%
19%
41%
17%
46%
14%
$
656,784
$ 7,860,096
3,543
$
538,545
$ 6,154,973
3,221
$
408,408
$ 9,792,357
2,641
$
367,443
$ 6,804,952
2,473
$
288,889
$ 8,109,694
2,213
(1) Calculated by dividing net income for each year by average monthly stockholders’ equity for the same year.
(2) Represents cash paid for finance receivables. It does not include certain capitalized costs or buybacks. It also does not
include the finance receivables acquired as part of the initial acquisition of PRA UK in 2012.
33
Below are listed certain key balance sheet data for the periods presented:
(In thousands)
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Cash and cash equivalents
Finance receivables, net
Total assets
Borrowings
Total stockholders’ equity
2013
2012
2011
2010
2009
As of December 31,
$
162,004
1,239,191
1,601,232
451,780
869,476
$
32,687
1,078,951
1,288,956
327,542
708,427
$
26,697
926,734
1,071,123
221,246
595,488
$
$
41,094
831,330
995,908
320,396
490,516
20,265
693,462
794,433
320,799
335,480
Below are listed the quarterly consolidated income statements for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012:
Dec. 31,
2013
Sept. 30,
2013
June 30,
2013
Mar. 31,
2013
Dec. 31,
2012
Sept. 30,
2012
June 30,
2012
Mar. 31,
2012
For the Quarter Ended
(In thousands, except per share data)
INCOME STATEMENT DATA:
Revenues:
Income recognized on finance
receivables, net
Fee income
Total revenues
Operating expenses:
Compensation and employee services
Legal collection fees
Legal collection costs
Agent fees
Outside fees and services
Communications
Rent and occupancy
Depreciation and amortization
Other operating expenses
Impairment of goodwill
Total operating expenses
Income from operations
Interest income
Interest expense
Income before income taxes
Provision for income taxes
Net income
Adjustment for net (income)/loss
attributable to redeemable
noncontrolling interest
Net income attributable to Portfolio
Recovery Associates, Inc.
Net income per share attributable to
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc:
$ 168,728
$ 171,456
$ 168,570
$ 154,792
$ 138,068
$ 135,754
$ 132,587
$ 124,226
16,125
184,853
26,306
197,762
14,391
182,961
14,767
169,559
16,183
154,251
14,765
150,519
15,298
147,885
15,920
140,146
46,393
10,144
20,044
1,608
6,827
7,537
2,075
3,732
8,143
—
106,503
78,350
3
52,882
10,206
19,801
1,404
8,707
6,645
1,950
3,753
6,549
6,397
118,294
79,468
—
48,202
10,609
22,717
1,280
8,634
6,675
1,824
3,534
5,660
—
109,135
73,826
—
44,997
10,529
20,501
1,609
7,447
8,079
1,687
3,366
5,457
—
103,672
65,887
—
44,849
9,153
14,619
1,411
7,292
6,255
1,728
3,681
5,274
—
94,262
59,989
2
41,334
8,635
15,810
1,545
10,131
5,996
1,786
3,623
4,601
—
93,461
57,058
—
42,479
8,988
18,227
1,323
5,584
6,195
1,656
3,555
5,282
—
93,289
54,596
7
39,694
7,617
23,669
1,627
5,860
7,496
1,611
3,656
4,495
—
95,725
44,421
1
(4,862)
(3,995)
(2,923)
(2,689)
(1,818)
(2,189)
(2,381)
(2,653)
73,491
27,714
45,777
75,473
26,262
49,211
70,903
27,489
43,414
63,198
24,681
38,517
58,173
22,441
35,732
54,869
21,742
33,127
52,222
20,171
32,051
41,769
16,580
25,189
—
(1,873)
185
83
70
187
(36)
273
$
45,777
$
47,338
$
43,599
$
38,600
$
35,802
$
33,314
$
32,015
$
25,462
Basic
Diluted
$
$
0.92
0.91
$
$
0.94
0.93
$
$
0.86
0.85
$
$
0.76
0.75
$
$
0.71
0.70
$
$
0.66
0.65
$
$
0.63
0.62
$
$
0.49
0.49
Weighted average number of shares
outstanding:
Basic
Diluted
49,750
50,375
50,154
50,660
50,751
51,183
50,801
51,273
50,649
51,216
50,643
51,066
51,081
51,399
51,588
51,801
34
Below are listed the quarterly consolidated balance sheets for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012:
Dec. 31,
2013
Sept. 30,
2013
June 30,
2013
Mar. 31,
2013
Dec. 31,
2012
Sept. 30,
2012
June 30,
2012
Mar. 31,
2012
Quarter Ended as of:
(Dollars in thousands)
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents
$
162,004
$
108,705
$
43,459
$
39,111
$
32,687
$
31,488
$
42,621
$
28,068
Finance receivables, net
Accounts receivable, net
Income taxes receivable
Property and equipment, net
Deferred tax asset
Goodwill
Intangible assets, net
Other assets
Total assets
1,239,191
1,256,822
1,236,859
1,169,747
1,078,951
973,594
966,508
945,242
12,359
11,710
31,541
1,361
12,047
2,708
28,059
—
10,421
2,487
27,278
—
9,234
—
25,470
—
10,486
—
25,312
—
8,417
—
25,506
—
103,843
102,891
106,953
106,912
109,488
100,456
15,767
23,456
16,746
20,007
17,396
12,393
18,550
13,715
20,364
11,668
21,167
9,070
8,580
—
26,016
—
99,384
22,364
8,265
9,107
—
26,369
—
97,480
27,179
8,581
$ 1,601,232
$ 1,547,985
$ 1,457,246
$ 1,382,739
$ 1,288,956
$ 1,169,698
$ 1,173,738
$ 1,142,026
Liabilities and Equity
Liabilities
Accounts payable
Accrued expenses
Income taxes payable
Accrued compensation
Net deferred tax liability
Borrowings
Total liabilities
Redeemable noncontrolling
interest
Stockholders’ equity
$
14,819
$
14,446
$
9,356
$
12,590
$
12,155
$
10,234
$
10,508
$
10,915
27,655
—
27,431
210,071
451,780
731,756
33,023
740
20,454
200,109
452,229
721,001
29,600
—
14,552
187,730
413,774
655,012
20,283
22,349
9,260
185,772
371,159
621,413
18,953
3,125
12,804
185,277
327,542
559,856
11,197
7,359
13,241
186,506
250,674
479,211
6,859
8,468
11,588
190,639
292,849
520,911
7,852
16,688
6,854
194,286
265,936
502,531
—
10,336
10,336
10,336
20,673
19,998
19,381
18,783
Common stock
Additional paid in capital
Retained earnings
Accumulated other
comprehensive income/(loss)
Total stockholders’ equity
498
729,505
135,441
498
129,570
683,728
507
156,574
636,390
510
159,256
592,791
507
150,878
554,191
507
149,480
518,389
507
147,543
485,075
516
165,789
453,060
4,032
2,852
(1,573)
(1,567)
2,851
2,113
321
1,347
869,476
816,648
791,898
750,990
708,427
670,489
633,446
620,712
Total liabilities and equity
$ 1,601,232
$ 1,547,985
$ 1,457,246
$ 1,382,739
$ 1,288,956
$ 1,169,698
$ 1,173,738
$ 1,142,026
35
Below are certain key financial data and ratios as of and for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011:
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
2013
2012
2011
EARNINGS (in thousands)
Income recognized on finance receivables, net
Fee income
Total revenues
Operating expenses
Income from operations
Net interest expense
Net income
Net income attributable to Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc.
PERIOD-END BALANCES (in thousands)
Cash and cash equivalents
Finance receivables, net
Goodwill and intangible assets, net
Total assets
Borrowings
Total liabilities
Total equity
FINANCE RECEIVABLE COLLECTIONS (dollars in thousands)
Cash collections
Cash collections on fully amortized pools
Principal amortization without allowance charges
Principal amortization with allowance charges
Principal amortization w/ allowance charges as % of cash collections:
Including fully amortized pools
Excluding fully amortized pools
$
$
$
$
$
$
663,546
71,589
735,135
437,604
297,531
14,467
176,919
175,314
162,004
1,239,191
119,610
1,601,232
451,780
731,756
869,476
1,142,437
35,520
480,912
478,890
$
$
$
530,635
62,166
592,801
376,737
216,064
9,031
126,099
126,593
32,687
1,078,951
129,852
1,288,956
327,542
559,856
708,427
908,684
28,972
371,497
378,049
41.9 %
43.3 %
41.6%
43.0%
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
6,552
(2,022)
0.61%
1.23%
0.72%
(0.20)%
(0.30)%
(0.20)%
395,068
4,704,609
242,649
2,814,044
19,067
341,443
656,784
7,860,096
347
259,795
3,581,246
262,630
2,104,977
16,120
468,750
538,545
6,154,973
416
ALLOWANCE FOR FINANCE RECEIVABLES (dollars in thousands)
Allowance (reversal)/charge
Allowance (reversal)/charge to period-end net finance receivables
Allowance (reversal)/charge to net finance receivable income
Allowance (reversal)/charge to cash collections
PURCHASES OF FINANCE RECEIVABLES (dollars in thousands)
Cash paid—core
Face value—core
Cash paid—bankruptcy
Face value—bankruptcy
Cash paid—other
Face value—other
Purchase price—total
Face value—total
Number of portfolios—total
ESTIMATED REMAINING COLLECTIONS (in thousands)
Estimated remaining collections—core
Estimated remaining collections—bankruptcy
Estimated remaining collections—other
Estimated remaining collections—total
SHARE DATA (7) (share amounts in thousands)
Net income per common share—diluted
Weighted average number of shares outstanding—diluted
Shares repurchased
Average price paid per share repurchased (including acquisition costs)
Closing market price
RATIOS AND OTHER DATA (dollars in thousands)
Return on average equity (1)
Return on revenue (2)
Return on average assets (3)
Operating margin (4)
Operating expense to cash receipts (5)
Debt to equity (6)
Number of collectors
Number of employees
Cash receipts (5)
Line of credit—unused portion at period end
(1) Calculated as net income divided by average equity for the year.
(2) Calculated as net income divided by total revenues.
(3) Calculated as net income divided by average assets for the year.
(4) Calculated as income from operations divided by total revenues.
(5) "Cash receipts" is defined as cash collections plus fee income.
(6) For purposes of this ratio, "debt" equals the line of credit balance plus long-term debt plus convertible debt.
(7) Share data has been adjusted to reflect the three-for-one stock split by means of a stock dividend which was declared on June 10, 2013 and
paid August 1, 2013.
22.2 %
24.1 %
11.9 %
40.5 %
36.0 %
52.0 %
2,313
3,543
1,214,026
435,500
19.6%
21.3%
10.8%
36.4%
38.8%
46.2%
2,153
3,221
970,852
273,000
1,824,132
822,988
22,150
2,669,270
1,387,711
905,136
22,342
2,315,189
3.45
50,873
1,203
48.62
52.84
2.46
51,369
994
22.85
35.62
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
36
401,895
57,040
458,935
282,067
178,025
10,562
101,144
100,791
26,697
926,734
76,274
1,071,123
221,246
457,804
595,488
705,490
36,929
293,431
303,595
43.0%
45.4%
10,164
1.10%
2.53%
1.44%
213,389
7,900,762
195,019
1,891,595
—
—
408,408
9,792,357
333
1,159,086
794,262
—
1,953,348
1.95
51,690
—
—
22.51
18.5%
22.0%
9.7%
38.8%
37.0%
37.2%
1,658
2,641
762,530
187,500
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.
Overview
PRA is a financial and business services company. Our primary business is the purchase, collection and management of portfolios
of defaulted consumer receivables. We also service receivables on behalf of clients on either a commission or transaction-fee basis as
well as providing class action claims settlement recovery services and related payment processing to our corporate clients.
PRA is headquartered in Norfolk, Virginia, and employs approximately 3,500 people. The shares of PRA are traded on the
NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “PRAA.”
On February 19, 2014, we entered into an agreement to acquire the equity of Aktiv Kapital AS (“Aktiv”), a Norway-based
company specializing in the acquisition and servicing of non-performing consumer loans throughout Europe and in Canada, for
approximately $880 million, we also agreed to assume approximately $435 million of Aktiv's corporate debt, resulting in an acquisition
of estimated total enterprise value of $1.3 billion. This acquisition will provide us entry into thirteen new markets, providing us
additional geographical diversity in portfolio purchasing and collection, and with entry into new growth markets. We expect Aktiv's
Chief Executive Officer and his executive team and the more than 400 Aktiv employees to join our workforce upon the closing of the
transaction. The transaction is expected to close in the second quarter of 2014, upon successful completion of customary closing
conditions, including approval of the transaction by applicable competition authorities and our ability to obtain the necessary financing
to consummate the transaction.
We expect to finance this transaction with a combination of cash, $170 million of seller financing, $435 million from our domestic
revolving credit facility, and by accessing an accordion feature on our credit facility of up to $214 million. We may choose to use
other debt instruments to expand, replace or pay down any of these financing options. We anticipate transaction costs of approximately
$15 million, which we expect to incur between both the first and second quarters of 2014. Our total borrowings are projected to be
approximately $1.8 billion after closing, compared to PRA’s total borrowings of $452 million at December 31, 2013.
A publicly traded company from 1997 until early 2012, Aktiv has developed a mixed in-house and outsourced collection strategy.
It maintains in-house servicing platforms in eight markets, and owns portfolios in fifteen markets. Aktiv has more than 20 years of
experience and data in a wide variety of consumer asset classes, across an extensive geographic background. Aktiv has acquired more
than 2,000 portfolios, with a face value of more than $38 billion. In 2013, Aktiv collected $318 million on its portfolios and purchased
$248 million in new portfolios, up from $222 million in 2012. Aktiv’s total assets were approximately $900 million at December 31,
2013.
Earnings Summary
For the year ended December 31, 2013, net income attributable to PRA was $175.3 million, or $3.45 per diluted share, compared
with $126.6 million, or $2.46 per diluted share, for the year ended December 31, 2012. Total revenues were $735.1 million for the
year ended December 31, 2013, up 24.0% from the same year ago period. Revenues during the year ended December 31, 2013 consisted
of $663.5 million in income recognized on finance receivables, net of allowance charges, and $71.6 million in fee income. Income
recognized on finance receivables, net of allowance charges, for the year ended December 31, 2013 increased $132.9 million, or 25.1%,
over 2012, primarily as a result of a significant increase in cash collections. Cash collections were $1,142.4 million during the year
ended December 31, 2013, up 25.7% over $908.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2012. During the year ended December 31,
2013, PRA recorded $2.0 million in net allowance charge reversals, compared with $6.6 million in net allowance charges in the year
ended December 31, 2012. Our performance has been positively impacted by operational efficiencies surrounding the cash collections
process, including the continued refinement of account scoring analytics as it relates to both legal and non-legal collection channels.
Additionally, we have continued to develop our internal legal collection staff resources, which enables us to place accounts into that
channel that otherwise would have been prohibitively expensive for legal action and to collect these accounts more efficiently and
profitably.
Fee income increased from $62.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 to $71.6 million in 2013, primarily due to an
increase in revenues generated by CCB and our PGS business. The increase in revenue from CCB is due primarily to larger distributions
of class action settlements in the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2012. In particular,
there was one large class action settlement which generated approximately $9.3 million in fee income. This was partially offset by
declines in revenue at our PLS and PRA UK businesses. The decline from PLS is due primarily to the adverse impact of the economic
slowdown on automobile financing and related collateral recovery activities. The decline in fee income from PRA UK is due primarily
to a decline in the amount of contingent fee work provided to us by debt owners for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared
to the year ended December 31, 2012.
37
A summary of how our revenue was generated during the year ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 is as follows:
(in thousands)
Cash collections
Principal amortization
Net allowance reversals/(charges)
Income recognized on finance receivables, net
Fee income
Total revenues
2013
1,142,437
(480,913)
2,022
663,546
71,589
735,135
$
$
$
$
2012
2011
908,684
(371,497)
(6,552)
530,635
62,166
592,801
$
$
705,490
(293,431)
(10,164)
401,895
57,040
458,935
Operating expenses were $437.6 million for the year ended December, 31, 2013, up 16.2% as compared to the year ended
December 31, 2012, due primarily to increases in compensation expense, legal collection costs, legal collection fees, other operating
expenses and impairment of goodwill. Compensation expense increased primarily as a result of larger staff sizes, as well as an increase
in share-based compensation expense and incentive and other performance based compensation incurred as a result of the overall
strong Company performance. Compensation and employee service expenses increased as total employees grew 10.0% to 3,543 as
of December 31, 2013 from 3,221 as of December 31, 2012. Legal collection costs were $83.1 million for the year ended December 31,
2013 compared to $72.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, an increase of $10.8 million or 14.9%. This increase was the
result of an increased portfolio size as well as a refinement of our internal scoring methodology that expanded our account selections
for legal action. This strategy to expand the accounts brought into the legal collection process resulted in significant initial expenses,
which may drive additional future cash collections and revenue. Legal collection fees increased from $34.4 million for the year ended
December 31, 2012 to $41.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, an increase of $7.1 million or 20.6%. This increase was
the result of an increase in cash collections from outside attorneys from $157.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2012 to $192.4
million for the year ended December 31, 2013, an increase of $34.6 million or 21.9%. Other operating expenses increased from $19.7
million for the year ended December 31, 2012 to $25.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, an increase of $6.1 million or
31.0%. Of the $6.1 million increase, $4.1 million is related to the additional expense incurred as a result of the earn-out provision of
the asset purchase agreement entered into in connection with the acquisition of certain finance receivables and operating assets of
National Capital Management ("NCM") in 2012 and $0.8 million is due to an increase in insurance expenses. None of the remaining
$1.2 million increase was attributable to any significant identifiable items.
During the year ended December 31, 2013, we acquired finance receivables portfolios with an aggregate face value amount of
$7.9 billion at a cost of $656.8 million. During the year ended December 31, 2012, excluding the initial investment in the PRA UK
portfolio, we acquired finance receivable portfolios with an aggregate face value of $6.2 billion at a cost of $538.5 million. During
the year ended December 31, 2011, we acquired finance receivable portfolios with an aggregate face value of $9.8 billion at a cost of
$408.4 million. In any period, we acquire defaulted consumer receivables that can vary dramatically in their age, type and ultimate
collectability. We may pay significantly different purchase rates for purchased receivables within any period as a result of this quality
fluctuation. In addition, market forces can drive pricing rates up or down in any period, irrespective of other quality fluctuations. As
a result, the average purchase rate paid for any given period can fluctuate dramatically based on our particular buying activity in that
period. However, regardless of the average purchase price and for similar time frames, we intend to target a similar internal rate of
return, after direct expenses, in pricing our portfolio acquisitions; therefore, the absolute rate paid is not necessarily relevant to the
estimated profitability of a period's buying.
38
Results of Operations
The results of operations include the financial results of PRA and all of our subsidiaries, all of which are in the receivables
management business. Under the guidance of the FASB ASC Topic 280 “Segment Reporting” (“ASC 280”), we have determined that
we have several operating segments that meet the aggregation criteria of ASC 280, and therefore, we have one reportable segment,
accounts receivables management, based on similarities among the operating units including homogeneity of services, service delivery
methods and use of technology.
The following table sets forth certain operating data as a percentage of total revenues for the years indicated:
Revenues:
Income recognized on finance receivables,
net
$
Fee income
Total revenues
Operating expenses:
Compensation and employee services
Legal collection fees
Legal collection costs
Agent fees
Outside fees and services
Communications
Rent and occupancy
Depreciation and amortization
Other operating expenses
Impairment of goodwill
Total operating expenses
Gain on sale of property
Income from operations
Interest income
Interest expense
Income before income taxes
Provision for income taxes
Net income
Adjustment for net (income)/loss
attributable to redeemable noncontrolling
interest
Net income attributable to Portfolio Recovery
Associates, Inc.
2013
2012
2011
663,546
71,589
735,135
192,474
41,488
83,063
5,901
31,615
28,936
7,536
14,385
25,809
6,397
437,604
—
297,531
3
(14,469)
283,065
106,146
176,919
90.3% $
9.7
100.0
26.2
5.6
11.3
0.8
4.3
3.9
1.0
2.0
3.5
0.9
59.5
—
40.5
0.0
(2.0)
38.5
14.4
24.1%
530,635
62,166
592,801
168,356
34,393
72,325
5,906
28,867
25,943
6,781
14,515
19,651
—
376,737
—
216,064
10
(9,041)
207,033
80,934
126,099
89.5% $
10.5
100.0
401,895
57,040
458,935
87.6%
12.4
100.0
28.4
5.8
12.2
1.0
4.9
4.4
1.1
2.4
3.3
—
63.5
—
36.5
0.0
(1.5)
35.0
13.7
21.3%
138,202
23,621
38,659
7,653
19,310
23,372
5,891
12,943
12,416
—
282,067
1,157
178,025
7
(10,569)
167,463
66,319
101,144
30.1
5.1
8.4
1.7
4.2
5.1
1.3
2.8
2.7
—
61.4
0.3
38.9
0.0
(2.3)
36.6
14.5
22.1%
(1,605)
(0.2)
494
0.1
(353)
(0.1)
$
175,314
23.9% $
126,593
21.4% $
100,791
22.0%
39
Year Ended December 31, 2013 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2012
Revenues
Total revenues were $735.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, an increase of $142.3 million or 24.0% compared to
total revenues of $592.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2012.
Income Recognized on Finance Receivables, net
Income recognized on finance receivables, net, was $663.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, an increase of $132.9
million or 25.1% compared to income recognized on finance receivables, net, of $530.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012.
The increase was primarily due to an increase in cash collections on our owned finance receivables to $1,142.4 million for the year
ended December 31, 2013 compared to $908.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, an increase of $233.7 million or 25.7%.
Our finance receivables amortization rate, including net allowance charges, was 41.9% for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared
to 41.6% for the year ended December 31, 2012.
Accretable yield represents the amount of income recognized on finance receivables the Company can expect to generate over
the remaining life of its existing portfolios based on estimated future cash flows as of the balance sheet date. Additions represent the
original expected accretable yield, on portfolios purchased during the period, to be earned by the Company based on its proprietary
buying models. Net reclassifications from nonaccretable difference to accretable yield primarily result from the Company’s increase
in its estimate of future cash flows. Increases in future cash flows may occur as portfolios age and actual cash collections exceed those
originally expected. If those cash flows are determined to be incremental to the portfolio’s original forecast, future projections of cash
flows are generally increased resulting in higher expected revenue and hence increases in accretable yield. During the years ended
December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company reclassified amounts from nonaccretable difference to accretable yield due primarily to
increased cash collection forecasts relating to pools acquired from 2009-2011. When applicable, net reclassifications to nonaccretable
difference from accretable yield result from the Company’s decrease in its estimates of future cash flows and allowance charges that
exceed the Company’s increase in its estimate of future cash flows.
Income recognized on finance receivables, net, is shown net of changes in valuation allowances recognized under FASB ASC
Topic 310-30 “Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality” (“ASC 310-30”), which requires that a valuation
allowance be recorded for significant decreases in expected cash flows or a change in timing of cash flows which would otherwise
require a reduction in the stated yield on a pool of accounts. For the year ended December 31, 2013, we recorded net allowance charge
reversals of $2.0 million, which consisted of net allowance charge reversals of $8.9 million on our Core portfolios, mainly on pools
purchased between 2005 and 2008, offset by allowance charges of $6.9 million on purchased bankruptcy portfolios acquired mainly
in 2007 and 2008. For the year ended December 31, 2012, we recorded net allowance charges of $6.6 million, $8.6 million of which
related to purchased bankruptcy portfolios acquired mainly in 2007 and 2008, offset by a net reversal of $2.0 million on Core portfolios.
In any given period, we may be required to record valuation allowances due to pools of receivables underperforming our previous
expectations. Factors that may contribute to the recording of valuation allowances may include both internal as well as external factors.
External factors which may have an impact on the collectability, and subsequently to the overall profitability, of purchased pools of
defaulted consumer receivables include: new laws or regulations relating to collections, new interpretations of existing laws or
regulations, and the overall condition of the economy. Internal factors which may have an impact on the collectability, and subsequently
the overall profitability, of purchased pools of defaulted consumer receivables would include: necessary revisions to initial and post-
acquisition scoring and modeling estimates, non-optimal operational activities (relating to the collection and movement of accounts
on both our collection floor and external channels), and decreases in productivity related to turnover of our collection staff.
Fee Income
Fee income was $71.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, an increase of $9.4 million or 15.1% compared to fee
income of $62.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. Fee income increased primarily due to an increase in revenues generated
by CCB and our PGS business. The increase in revenue from CCB is due primarily to larger distributions of class action settlements
in the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2012. In particular, there was one large class action
settlement which generated approximately $9.3 million in fee income. This was partially offset by declines in revenue at our PLS and
PRA UK businesses. The decline from PLS is due primarily to the adverse impact of the economic slowdown on automobile financing
and related collateral recovery activities. The decline in fee income from PRA UK is due primarily to a decline in the amount of
contingent fee work provided to us by debt owners for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to the year ended December
31, 2012.
40
Operating Expenses
Total operating expenses were $437.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, an increase of $60.9 million or 16.2%
compared to total operating expenses of $376.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. Total operating expenses were 36.0%
of cash receipts for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared with 38.8% for the year ended December 31, 2012.
Compensation and Employee Services
Compensation and employee service expenses were $192.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, an increase of $24.1
million or 14.3% compared to compensation and employee service expenses of $168.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2012.
Compensation expense increased primarily as a result of larger staff sizes, as well as an increase in share-based compensation expense
and incentive and other performance based compensation incurred as a result of the overall strong Company performance. Total
employees grew 10.0% to 3,543 as of December 31, 2013 from 3,221 as of December 31, 2012. Additionally, some existing employees
received appropriate salary increases based on performance. Compensation and employee service expenses as a percentage of cash
receipts decreased to 15.9% for the year ended December 31, 2013 from 17.3% of cash receipts for the year ended December 31, 2012.
Legal Collection Fees
Legal collection fees represent contingent fees incurred for the cash collections generated by our independent third party attorney
network. Legal collection fees were $41.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, an increase of $7.1 million, or 20.6%,
compared to legal collection fees of $34.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. This increase was the result of an increase
in our external legal collections which increased $34.6 million or 21.9%, from $157.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2012
to $192.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. Legal collection fees for the year ended December 31, 2013 were 3.4% of
cash receipts, compared to 3.5% for the year ended December 31, 2012.
Legal Collection Costs
Legal collection costs consist of costs paid to courts where a lawsuit is filed and the cost of documents paid to sellers of defaulted
consumer receivables. Legal collection costs were $83.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, an increase of $10.8 million,
or 14.9%, compared to legal collection costs of $72.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. Beginning in early 2012 and
continuing into 2013, as a result of the refinement of our internal scoring methodology that expanded our account selections for legal
action, we expanded the accounts brought into the legal collection process which resulted in significant initial expenses, which may
continue to drive additional future cash collections and revenue. These legal collection costs represent 6.8% and 7.4% of cash receipts
for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.
Agent Fees
Agent fees primarily represent costs paid to repossession agents to repossess vehicles. Agent fees were $5.9 million for both the
years ended December 31, 2013, and 2012, respectively.
Outside Fees and Services
Outside fees and services expenses were $31.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, an increase of $2.7 million or
9.3% compared to outside fees and services expenses of $28.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. Of the $2.7 million
increase, $1.8 million was attributable to an increase in corporate legal expenses and the remaining $0.9 million increase was attributable
to other outside fees and services including increases in non-capitalized software development costs.
Communications
Communications expenses were $28.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, an increase of $3.0 million or 11.6%
compared to communications expenses of $25.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase was primarily due to
additional postage expense resulting from an increase in special letter campaigns. The remaining increase was mainly attributable to
increased telephone expenses. Expenses related to customer mailings were responsible for 66.7% or $2.0 million of this increase,
while the remaining 33.3% or $1.0 million was attributable to increased telephone and telecommunication related expenses.
Rent and Occupancy
Rent and occupancy expenses were $7.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, an increase of $0.7 million or 10.3%
compared to rent and occupancy expenses of $6.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase was primarily due to
the additional space leased at our Norfolk headquarters, the addition of NCM in December of 2012 as well as increased utility charges.
41
Depreciation and Amortization
Depreciation and amortization expenses were $14.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, a decrease of $0.1 million
or 1.0% compared to depreciation and amortization expenses of $14.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012.
Other Operating Expenses
Other operating expenses were $25.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, an increase of $6.1 million or 31.0%
compared to other operating expenses of $19.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. Of the $6.1 million increase, $4.1
million is related to the additional expense incurred as a result of the earn-out provision of the NCM purchase agreement and $0.8
million is due to an increase in insurance expenses. None of the remaining $1.2 million increase was attributable to any significant
identifiable items.
Impairment of Goodwill
Impairment of goodwill expense was $6.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to $0 for the year ended
December 31, 2012. During the third quarter of 2013, we evaluated the goodwill associated with our PLS reporting unit, which had
experienced a revenue and profitability decline, recent net losses and the loss of a significant client during the quarter. Based on this
evaluation, we recorded a $6.4 million impairment of goodwill in the third quarter of 2013. This non-cash charge represents the full
amount of goodwill previously recorded for PLS. All other intangible assets related to PLS were fully amortized as of September 30,
2013.
Interest Expense
Interest expense was $14.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, an increase of $5.5 million or 61.1% compared to
interest expense of $9.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase was primarily due to the completion on August
13, 2013, through a private offering of $287.5 million in aggregate principal amount of our 3.00% Convertible Senior Notes due 2020,
as well as an increase in average borrowings under our credit facility for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to the year
ended December 31, 2012. The average borrowings on our credit facility were $309.7 million and $258.0 million for the years ended
December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.
Provision for Income Taxes
Income tax expense was $106.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, an increase of $25.2 million or 31.2% compared
to income tax expense of $80.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase was mainly due to an increase of 36.7%
in income before taxes for the year ended December 31, 2013 when compared to the year ended December 31, 2012. This was partially
offset by a decrease in the effective tax rate to 37.5% for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to 39.1% for the year ended
December 31, 2012. The decrease in the effective tax rate is primarily attributable to state revenue apportionment changes and tax
credits.
We intend for predominantly all foreign earnings to be permanently reinvested in our foreign operations. If foreign earnings
were repatriated, we would need to accrue and pay taxes; however, foreign tax credits would be available to partially reduce U.S.
income taxes. The amount of cash on hand related to foreign operations with permanently reinvested earnings is $5.4 million as of
December, 31, 2013.
42
Year Ended December 31, 2012 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2011
Revenues
Total revenues were $592.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, an increase of $133.9 million or 29.2% compared to
total revenues of $458.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2011.
Income Recognized on Finance Receivables, net
Income recognized on finance receivables, net, was $530.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, an increase of $128.7
million or 32.0% compared to income recognized on finance receivables, net, of $401.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2011.
The increase was primarily due to an increase in cash collections on our owned finance receivables to $908.7 million for the year ended
December 31, 2012 compared to $705.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, an increase of $203.2 million or 28.8%. Our
finance receivables amortization rate, including net allowance charges, was 41.6% for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared
to 43.0% for the year ended December 31, 2011. During the year ended December 31, 2012, excluding the initial investment in the
PRA UK portfolio, we acquired finance receivables portfolios with an aggregate face value amount of $6.2 billion at a cost of $538.5
million. During the year ended December 31, 2011, we acquired finance receivable portfolios with an aggregate face value of $9.8
billion at a cost of $408.4 million. In any period, we acquire defaulted consumer receivables that can vary dramatically in their age,
type and ultimate collectability. We may pay significantly different purchase rates for purchased receivables within any period as a
result of this quality fluctuation. In addition, market forces can drive pricing rates up or down in any period, irrespective of other quality
fluctuations. As a result, the average purchase rate paid for any given period can fluctuate dramatically based on our particular buying
activity in that period. However, regardless of the average purchase price and for similar time frames, we intend to target a similar
internal rate of return, after direct expenses, in pricing our portfolio acquisitions; therefore, the absolute rate paid is not necessarily
relevant to the estimated profitability of a period's buying.
Accretable yield represents the amount of income recognized on finance receivables the Company can expect to generate over
the remaining life of its existing portfolios based on estimated future cash flows as of the balance sheet date. Additions represent the
original expected accretable yield, on portfolios purchased during the period, to be earned by the Company based on its proprietary
buying models. Net reclassifications from nonaccretable difference to accretable yield primarily result from the Company’s increase
in its estimate of future cash flows. Increases in future cash flows may occur as portfolios age and actual cash collections exceed those
originally expected. If those cash flows are determined to be incremental to the portfolio’s original forecast, future projections of cash
flows are generally increased resulting in higher expected revenue and hence increases in accretable yield. During the years ended
December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company reclassified amounts from nonaccretable difference to accretable yield due primarily to
increased cash collection forecasts relating to pools acquired from 2009-2011 and 2009-2010, respectively. When applicable, net
reclassifications to nonaccretable difference from accretable yield result from the Company’s decrease in its estimates of future cash
flows and allowance charges that exceed the Company’s increase in its estimate of future cash flows.
Income recognized on finance receivables, net, is shown net of changes in valuation allowances recognized under FASB ASC
Topic 310-30 “Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality” (“ASC 310-30”), which requires that a valuation
allowance be recorded for significant decreases in expected cash flows or a change in timing of cash flows which would otherwise
require a reduction in the stated yield on a pool of accounts. For the year ended December 31, 2012, we recorded net allowance charges
of $6.6 million, $8.6 million of which related to purchased bankruptcy portfolios acquired mainly in 2007 and 2008, offset by a net
reversal of $2.0 million on Core portfolios. For the year ended December 31, 2011, we recorded net allowance charges of $10.2 million,
$6.6 million of which related to Core portfolios acquired mainly in 2005 through 2008 and $3.6 million of which related to purchased
bankruptcy portfolios acquired mainly in 2007 through 2008. In any given period, we may be required to record valuation allowances
due to pools of receivables underperforming our expectations. Factors that may contribute to the recording of valuation allowances
may include both internal as well as external factors. External factors which may have an impact on the collectability, and subsequently
to the overall profitability, of purchased pools of defaulted consumer receivables include: new laws or regulations relating to collections,
new interpretations of existing laws or regulations, and the overall condition of the economy. Internal factors which may have an
impact on the collectability, and subsequently the overall profitability, of purchased pools of defaulted consumer receivables would
include: necessary revisions to initial and post-acquisition scoring and modeling estimates, non-optimal operational activities (relating
to the collection and movement of accounts on both our collection floor and external channels), and decreases in productivity related
to turnover of our collection staff.
Fee Income
Fee income was $62.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, an increase of $5.2 million or 9.1% compared to fee income
of $57.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. Fee income increased primarily due to the acquisition of PRA UK in the first
quarter of 2012. This increase was partially offset by declines in revenue generated by both our PLS and CCB businesses. The decline
from PLS is due primarily to the adverse impact of the economic slowdown on automobile financing and related collateral recovery
activities. The decline from CCB is due primarily to larger distributions of class action settlements in the year ended December 31,
43
2011 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2012. We anticipate, based on available data on hand at December 31, 2012, that
CCB's fee income should increase in 2013. In particular, we believe there will likely be one large class action settlement which could
generate approximately $4.0 to $6.0 million or more in fee income.
Operating Expenses
Total operating expenses were $376.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, an increase of $94.6 million or 33.5%
compared to total operating expenses of $282.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. Total operating expenses were 38.8%
of cash receipts for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared with 37.0% for the year ended December 31, 2011.
Compensation and Employee Services
Compensation and employee service expenses were $168.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, an increase of $30.2
million or 21.9% compared to compensation and employee service expenses of $138.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011.
Compensation expense increased primarily as a result of larger staff sizes, including the addition of new employees as a result of the
acquisition of PRA UK on January 16, 2012, as well as an increase in share-based compensation expense. Total employees grew 22.0%
to 3,221 as of December 31, 2012 from 2,641 as of December 31, 2011. Additionally, existing employees received normal salary
increases. Compensation and employee service expenses as a percentage of cash receipts decreased to 17.3% for the year ended
December 31, 2012 from 18.1% of cash receipts for the year ended December 31, 2011.
Legal Collection Fees
Legal collection fees represent contingent fees incurred for the cash collections generated by our independent third party attorney
network. Legal collection fees were $34.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, an increase of $10.8 million, or 45.8%,
compared to legal collection fees of $23.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. This increase was the result of an increase
in our external legal collections which increased $51.5 million or 48.4%, from $106.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011
to $157.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. Legal collection fees for the year ended December 31, 2012 were 3.5% of
cash receipts, compared to 3.1% for the year ended December 31, 2011.
Legal Collection Costs
Legal collection costs consist of costs paid to courts where a lawsuit is filed and the cost of documents paid to sellers of defaulted
consumer receivables. Legal collection costs were $72.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, an increase of $33.6 million,
or 86.8%, compared to legal collection costs of $38.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. This increase was the result of
an increased portfolio size as well as a refinement of our internal scoring methodology that expanded our account selections for legal
action. This strategy to expand the accounts brought into the legal collection process resulted in significant initial expenses, which
may drive additional future cash collections and revenue. These legal collection costs represent 7.4% and 5.1% of cash receipts for
the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
Agent Fees
Agent fees primarily represent costs paid to repossession agents to repossess vehicles. Agent fees were $5.9 million for the year
ended December 31, 2012, a decrease of $1.8 million, or 23.4%, compared to agent fees of $7.7 million for the year ended December 31,
2011. The decrease was mainly due to reduced business activity associated with PLS.
Outside Fees and Services
Outside fees and services expenses were $28.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, an increase of $9.6 million or
49.7% compared to outside legal and other fees and services expenses of $19.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. Of the
$9.6 million increase, $8.1 million was attributable to an increase in legal reserve accruals and corporate legal expenses and the
remaining $1.5 million increase was attributable to other outside fees and services including increases in non-capitalized software
development costs.
Communications
Communications expenses were $25.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, an increase of $5.0 million or 23.9%
compared to communications expenses of $20.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase was primarily due to
additional postage expense resulting from an increase in special letter campaigns. The remaining increase was mainly attributable to
telephone expenses incurred by PRA UK. Expenses related to customer mailings were responsible for 84.0% or $4.2 million of this
increase, while the remaining 16.0% or $0.8 million was attributable to increased telephone and telecommunication related expenses.
44
Rent and Occupancy
Rent and occupancy expenses were $6.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, an increase of $0.9 million or 15.3%
compared to rent and occupancy expenses of $5.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase was primarily due to
the additional space leased for our Birmingham call center operations, the addition of our PRA UK foreign operations as well as
increased utility charges.
Depreciation and Amortization
Depreciation and amortization expenses were $14.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, an increase of $1.6 million
or 12.4% compared to depreciation and amortization expenses of $12.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase
was primarily due to the additional depreciation and amortization expense incurred as a result of the acquisition of PRA UK and its
related property, equipment and intangible assets.
Other Operating Expenses
Other operating expenses were $19.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, an increase of $4.8 million or 32.2%
compared to other operating expenses of $14.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. Of the $4.8 million increase, $0.9 million
was due to an increase in the provision for doubtful accounts, $0.8 million was due to an increase in travel and travel related expenses,
$0.4 million was primarily attributable to additional taxes, fees and licenses, $0.5 million was due to an increase in repairs and
maintenance and $0.4 million was due to increased insurance expenses, when compared to the year ended December 31, 2011. None
of the remaining $1.8 million increase was attributable to any significant identifiable items.
Gain on Sale of Property
Gain on sale of property was $0 for the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to $1.2 million for the year ended December 31,
2011. The 2011 amount was the result of the sale of a parcel of land adjacent to our Norfolk headquarters during 2011.
Interest Expense
Interest expense was $9.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, a decrease of $1.6 million or 15.1% compared to interest
expense of $10.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The decrease was mainly due to a decrease in our weighted average
interest rate which decreased to 3.27% for the year ended December 31, 2012 from 3.71% for the year ended December 31, 2011, as
well as a decrease in our average borrowings to $258.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to $263.2 million for
the year ended December 31, 2011.
Provision for Income Taxes
Income tax expense was $80.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, an increase of $14.6 million or 22.0% compared
to income tax expense of $66.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase was mainly due to an increase of 23.6%
in income before taxes for the year ended December 31, 2012 when compared to the year ended December 31, 2011. This was partially
offset by a decrease in the effective tax rate to 39.1% for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to 39.6% for the year ended
December 31, 2011. The decrease in the effective tax rate is primarily attributable to the tax benefits created by our international
operations.
45
Supplemental Performance Data
Domestic Finance Receivables Portfolio Performance:
The following tables show certain data related to our domestic finance receivables portfolio. These tables describe the purchase
price, actual cash collections and future estimates of cash collections, income recognized on finance receivables (gross and net of
allowance charges), principal amortization, allowance charges, net finance receivable balances, and the ratio of total estimated
collections to purchase price (which we refer to as purchase price multiple).
Further, these tables disclose our entire domestic portfolio, as well as its subsets: the portfolio of purchased bankrupt accounts
and our Core portfolio. The accounts represented in the purchased bankruptcy tables are those portfolios of accounts that were bankrupt
at the time of purchase. This contrasts with accounts that file for bankruptcy after we purchase them, which continue to be tracked in
their corresponding Core portfolio. Core customers sometimes file for bankruptcy protection subsequent to our purchase of the related
Core portfolio. When this occurs, we adjust our collection practices accordingly to comply with bankruptcy procedures; however, for
accounting purposes, these accounts remain in the related Core portfolio. Conversely, bankrupt accounts may be dismissed voluntarily
or involuntarily subsequent to our purchase of the related bankrupt portfolio. Dismissal occurs when the terms of the bankruptcy are
not met by the petitioner. When this occurs, we are typically free to pursue collection outside of bankruptcy procedures; however, for
accounting purposes, these accounts remain in the related bankruptcy pool.
Our United Kingdom portfolio is not significant and is therefore not included in these tables.
Purchase price multiples can vary over time due to a variety of factors including pricing competition, supply levels, age of the
receivables purchased, and changes in our operational efficiency. For example, increased pricing competition during the 2005 to 2008
period negatively impacted purchase price multiples of our Core portfolio compared to prior years. During the 2009 to 2010 period,
for example, pricing disruptions occurred as a result of the economic downturn. This created unique and advantageous purchasing
opportunities, particularly within the bankruptcy receivables market, relative to the prior four years.
When competition increases and/or supply decreases, pricing often becomes negatively impacted relative to expected collections,
and yields tend to trend lower. The opposite tends to occur when competition decreases and/or supply increases.
Purchase price multiples can also vary among types of finance receivables. For example, we incur lower collection costs on our
bankruptcy portfolio compared with our Core portfolio. This allows us in general to pay more for a bankruptcy portfolio, experience
lower purchase price multiples, and yet generate similar internal rates of return when compared with a Core portfolio.
Within a given portfolio type, to the extent that lower purchase price multiples are the result of more competitive pricing and
lower yields, this will generally lead to higher amortization rates (payments applied to principal as a percentage of cash collections)
and lower profitability. As portfolio pricing becomes more favorable on a relative basis, our profitability will tend to increase.
Profitability within given Core portfolio types may also be impacted by the age and quality of the receivables, which impact the cost
to collect those accounts.
The numbers presented in the following tables represent gross cash collections and do not reflect any costs to collect; therefore,
they may not represent relative profitability. We continue to make enhancements to our analytical abilities, with the intent to collect
more cash at a lower cost. To the extent we can improve our collection operations by collecting additional cash from a discrete quantity
and quality of accounts, and/or by collecting cash at a lower cost structure, we can positively impact profitability.
Additionally, purchase price multiples can vary among periods due to our implementation of required accounting standards.
Revenue recognition under ASC 310-30 is driven by estimates of total collections as well as the timing of those collections. We record
new portfolio purchases using a higher confidence level for both estimated collection amounts and timing. Subsequent to the initial
booking, as we gain collection experience and confidence with a pool of accounts, we continuously update ERC. These processes,
along with the aforementioned operational enhancements, have tended to cause the ratio of ERC to purchase price for any given year
of buying to gradually increase over time. As a result, our estimate of total collections to purchase price has generally, but not always,
increased as pools have aged. Thus, all factors being equal in terms of pricing, one would typically tend to see a higher collection to
purchase price ratio from a pool of accounts that was six years from purchase than say a pool that was just two years from purchase.
Due to all the factors described above, readers should be cautious when making comparisons of purchase price multiples among
periods and between types of receivables.
46
Entire Domestic Portfolio
Domestic Portfolio Data – Life-to-Date
Inception through December 31, 2013
As of December 31, 2013
($ in thousands)
Purchase
Period
Purchase
Price
Actual
Cash
Collections
Including
Cash
Sales
Income
Recognized
on Finance
Receivables
Principal
Amortization
Net
Allowance
Charges
Income
Recognized
on Finance
Receivables,
Net
Net Finance
Receivables
Balance
Estimated
Remaining
Collections
Total
Estimated
Collections
Total Estimated
Collections
to Purchase
Price
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
$
3,080
$
10,207
$
7,084
$
3,123
$
— $
7,084
$
— $
25
$
10,232
7,685
11,089
18,898
25,020
33,481
42,325
61,447
59,176
143,167
107,667
258,367
275,128
281,424
357,976
393,202
508,976
629,501
25,506
37,351
69,355
116,665
175,907
198,477
265,205
198,276
311,102
208,451
478,812
473,695
745,983
743,239
553,690
351,488
154,142
17,402
26,365
50,181
91,468
141,555
156,153
203,757
140,298
184,577
127,478
262,546
261,009
494,794
465,559
321,008
176,089
82,295
8,104
10,986
19,174
25,197
34,352
42,324
61,448
57,978
126,525
80,973
216,266
212,686
251,189
277,680
232,682
175,399
71,847
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1,200
10,755
20,715
20,680
35,645
—
325
—
—
—
17,402
26,365
50,181
91,468
141,555
156,153
203,757
139,098
173,822
106,763
241,866
225,364
494,794
465,234
321,008
176,089
82,295
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
5,886
5,979
21,416
26,763
30,235
79,996
160,522
333,578
558,170
112
234
481
1,912
2,654
4,824
7,688
7,478
12,286
11,881
47,813
50,230
150,324
283,835
445,252
630,475
989,616
25,618
37,585
69,836
118,577
178,561
203,301
272,893
205,754
323,388
220,332
526,625
523,925
896,307
1,027,074
998,942
981,963
1,143,758
Total
$3,217,609
$ 5,117,551
$ 3,209,618
$ 1,907,933
$
89,320
$ 3,120,298
$ 1,222,545
$ 2,647,120
$ 7,764,671
332%
333%
339%
370%
474%
533%
480%
444%
348%
226%
205%
204%
190%
318%
287%
254%
193%
182%
241%
Purchased Bankruptcy Portfolio
Inception through December 31, 2013
As of December 31, 2013
($ in thousands)
Purchase
Period
Purchase
Price
Actual
Cash
Collections
Including
Cash
Sales
Income
Recognized
on Finance
Receivables
Principal
Amortization
Net
Allowance
Charges
Income
Recognized
on Finance
Receivables,
Net
Net Finance
Receivables
Balance
Estimated
Remaining
Collections
Total
Estimated
Collections
Total Estimated
Collections
to Purchase
Price
1996-
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
$
— $
— $
— $
— $
— $
— $
— $
— $
—
7,468
29,301
17,627
78,526
108,586
156,036
209,175
181,949
252,442
235,781
14,492
43,641
31,565
104,131
164,188
404,808
390,722
164,349
120,998
52,528
8,224
14,767
14,791
35,557
71,182
260,679
227,586
71,898
42,854
16,761
6,268
28,874
16,774
68,574
93,006
144,129
163,136
92,451
78,144
35,767
1,200
410
800
9,815
13,250
—
—
—
—
—
7,024
14,357
13,991
25,742
57,932
260,679
227,586
71,898
42,854
16,761
—
17
53
137
2,330
11,907
46,039
89,499
174,298
200,015
52
58
229
831
2,973
66,306
125,411
142,299
224,505
260,324
14,544
43,699
31,794
104,962
167,161
471,114
516,133
306,648
345,503
312,852
Total
$1,276,891
$ 1,491,422
$
764,299
$
727,123
$
25,475
$
738,824
$
524,295
$ 822,988
$ 2,314,410
—%
195%
149%
180%
134%
154%
302%
247%
169%
137%
133%
181%
47
Core Portfolio
Inception through December 31, 2013
As of December 31, 2013
($ in thousands)
Purchase
Period
Purchase
Price
Actual
Cash
Collections
Including
Cash
Sales
Income
Recognized
on Finance
Receivables
Principal
Amortization
Net
Allowance
Charges
Income
Recognized
on Finance
Receivables,
Net
Net Finance
Receivables
Balance
Estimated
Remaining
Collections
Total
Estimated
Collections
Total Estimated
Collections
to Purchase
Price
1996
$
3,080
$
10,207
$
7,084
$
3,123
$
— $
7,084
$
— $
25
$
10,232
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
7,685
11,089
18,898
25,020
33,481
42,325
61,447
51,708
25,506
37,351
69,355
116,665
175,907
198,477
265,205
183,784
113,866
267,461
90,040
176,886
179,841
374,681
166,542
309,507
125,388
341,175
148,801
352,517
211,253
389,341
256,534
230,490
393,720
101,614
17,402
26,365
50,181
91,468
141,555
156,153
203,757
132,074
169,810
112,687
226,989
189,827
234,115
237,973
249,110
133,235
65,534
8,104
10,986
19,174
25,197
34,352
42,324
61,448
51,710
97,651
64,199
147,692
119,680
107,060
114,544
140,231
97,255
36,080
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
10,345
19,915
10,865
22,395
—
325
—
—
—
17,402
26,365
50,181
91,468
141,555
156,153
203,757
132,074
159,465
92,772
216,124
167,432
234,115
237,648
249,110
133,235
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
5,869
5,926
21,279
24,433
18,328
33,957
71,023
112
234
481
1,912
2,654
4,824
7,688
7,426
12,228
11,652
46,982
47,257
84,018
25,618
37,585
69,836
118,577
178,561
203,301
272,893
191,210
279,689
188,538
421,663
356,764
425,193
158,424
510,941
302,953
692,294
159,280
405,970
636,460
65,534
358,155
729,292
830,906
332%
333%
339%
370%
474%
533%
480%
444%
370%
246%
209%
234%
214%
339%
343%
328%
248%
211%
Total
$1,940,718
$ 3,626,129
$ 2,445,319
$ 1,180,810
$
63,845
$ 2,381,474
$
698,250
$ 1,824,132
$ 5,450,261
281%
48
Entire Domestic Portfolio
Domestic Portfolio Data – 2013
For the Year Ended December 31, 2013
As of December 31, 2013
($ in thousands)
Purchase
Period
Purchase
Price
Actual
Cash
Collections
Including
Cash
Sales
Income
Recognized
on Finance
Receivables
Principal
Amortization
Net
Allowance
Charges
Income
Recognized
on Finance
Receivables,
Net
1996
$
3,080
$
7,685
11,089
18,898
25,020
33,481
42,325
61,447
59,176
143,167
107,667
258,367
275,128
$
24
84
173
483
1,349
2,339
3,433
5,331
4,522
9,916
8,735
29,450
42,957
281,424
146,846
357,976
203,731
393,202
235,660
508,976
277,199
629,501
154,142
24
84
173
483
1,349
2,339
3,433
5,331
4,522
4,573
3,751
15,389
17,443
103,652
146,641
141,688
128,106
82,295
$
— $
— $
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
5,343
4,984
14,061
25,514
43,194
57,090
93,972
149,093
71,847
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(2,933)
(1,800)
(2,195)
2,800
—
325
—
—
—
24
84
173
483
1,349
2,339
3,433
5,331
4,522
7,506
5,551
17,584
14,643
103,652
146,316
141,688
128,106
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
Net Finance
Receivables
Balance
Estimated
Remaining
Collections
Total
Estimated
Collections
$
— $
25
$
10,232
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
5,886
5,979
21,416
26,763
30,235
79,996
112
234
481
1,912
2,654
4,824
7,688
7,478
12,286
11,881
47,813
50,230
150,324
25,618
37,585
69,836
118,577
178,561
203,301
272,893
205,754
323,388
220,332
526,625
523,925
896,307
283,835
1,027,074
160,522
445,252
333,578
630,475
998,942
981,963
Total Estimated
Collections
to Purchase
Price
332%
333%
339%
370%
474%
533%
480%
444%
348%
226%
205%
204%
190%
318%
287%
254%
193%
182%
82,295
558,170
989,616
1,143,758
Total
$3,217,609
$ 1,126,374
$
661,276
$
465,098
$
(3,803) $
665,079
$ 1,222,545
$ 2,647,120
$ 7,764,671
241%
Purchased Bankruptcy Portfolio
For the Year Ended December 31, 2013
As of December 31, 2013
($ in thousands)
Purchase
Period
Purchase
Price
Actual
Cash
Collections
Including
Cash
Sales
Income
Recognized
on Finance
Receivables
Principal
Amortization
Net
Allowance
Charges
Income
Recognized
on Finance
Receivables,
Net
Net Finance
Receivables
Balance
Estimated
Remaining
Collections
Total
Estimated
Collections
Total Estimated
Collections
to Purchase
Price
1996-
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
$
— $
— $
— $
— $
— $
— $
— $
— $
—
7,468
29,301
17,627
78,526
108,586
156,036
90
169
419
1,206
11,650
95,725
209,175
121,717
181,949
82,752
252,442
103,610
235,781
52,528
90
47
265
366
2,013
63,559
80,511
32,432
32,337
16,761
—
122
154
840
9,637
32,166
41,206
50,320
71,273
35,767
—
(83)
(100)
535
6,500
—
—
—
—
—
90
130
365
(169)
(4,487)
63,559
80,511
32,432
32,337
16,761
—
17
53
137
2,330
11,907
46,039
89,499
52
58
229
831
2,973
66,306
125,411
142,299
174,298
224,505
200,015
260,324
14,544
43,699
31,794
104,962
167,161
471,114
516,133
306,648
345,503
312,852
—%
195%
149%
180%
134%
154%
302%
247%
169%
137%
133%
Total
$1,276,891
$ 469,866
$
228,381
$
241,485
$
6,852
$
221,529
$
524,295
$ 822,988
$ 2,314,410
181%
49
Core Portfolio
For the Year Ended December 31, 2013
As of December 31, 2013
($ in thousands)
Purchase
Period
Purchase
Price
Actual
Cash
Collections
Including
Cash
Sales
Income
Recognized
on Finance
Receivables
Principal
Amortization
Net
Allowance
Charges
Income
Recognized
on
Finance
Receivables,
Net
Net Finance
Receivables
Balance
Estimated
Remaining
Collections
Total
Estimated
Collections
Total Estimated
Collections to
Purchase Price
1996
$
3,080
$
7,685
11,089
18,898
25,020
33,481
42,325
61,447
51,708
113,866
90,040
179,841
166,542
125,388
148,801
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
$
24
84
173
483
1,349
2,339
3,433
5,331
4,432
9,747
8,316
28,244
31,307
51,121
82,014
24
84
173
483
1,349
2,339
3,433
5,331
4,432
4,526
3,486
15,023
15,430
40,093
66,130
$
— $
— $
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
5,221
4,830
13,221
15,877
11,028
15,884
43,652
77,820
36,080
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(2,850)
(1,700)
(2,730)
(3,700)
—
325
—
—
—
24
84
173
483
1,349
2,339
3,433
5,331
4,432
7,376
5,186
17,753
19,130
40,093
65,805
109,256
95,769
65,534
$
— $
25
$
10,232
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
5,869
5,926
21,279
24,433
18,328
33,957
71,023
112
234
481
1,912
2,654
4,824
7,688
7,426
12,228
11,652
46,982
47,257
84,018
158,424
302,953
159,280
405,970
358,155
729,292
25,618
37,585
69,836
118,577
178,561
203,301
272,893
191,210
279,689
188,538
421,663
356,764
425,193
510,941
692,294
636,460
830,906
332%
333%
339%
370%
474%
533%
480%
444%
370%
246%
209%
234%
214%
339%
343%
328%
248%
211%
211,253
152,908
109,256
256,534
173,589
393,720
101,614
95,769
65,534
Total
$1,940,718
$ 656,508
$
432,895
$
223,613
$ (10,655) $
443,550
$
698,250
$ 1,824,132
$ 5,450,261
281%
The following graph shows the purchase price of our domestic portfolios by year for the last ten years. The purchase price number
represents the cash paid to the seller, plus certain capitalized costs, less buybacks.
As shown in the above chart, the composition of our domestic purchased portfolios shifted in favor of bankrupt accounts in 2009
and 2010, before returning to equilibrium with Core in 2011 and 2012. In 2013, Core purchases exceeded those of bankrupt accounts.
We began buying bankrupt accounts during 2004 and slowly increased the volume of accounts we acquired through 2006 as we tested
50
our models, refined our processes and validated our operating assumptions. After observing a high level of modeling confidence in
our early purchases, we began increasing our level of purchases more dramatically commencing in 2007.
Our ability to profitably purchase and liquidate pools of bankrupt accounts provides diversity to our distressed asset acquisition
business. Although we generally buy bankrupt portfolios from many of the same consumer lenders from whom we acquire Core
customer portfolios, the volumes and pricing characteristics as well as the competitors are different. Based upon market dynamics, the
profitability of portfolios purchased in the bankrupt and Core markets may differ over time. We have found periods when bankrupt
accounts were more profitable and other times when Core accounts were more profitable. From 2004 through 2008, our bankruptcy
buying fluctuated between 13% and 39% of our total portfolio purchasing. In 2009, for the first time in our history, bankruptcy purchasing
exceeded that of our Core buying, at 55% of total portfolio purchasing and during 2010 this percentage increased to 59%. This occurred
as severe dislocations in the financial markets, coupled with legislative uncertainty, caused pricing in the bankruptcy market to decline
substantially, thereby driving our strategy to make advantageous bankruptcy portfolio acquisitions during this period. For 2011, 2012,
and 2013, bankruptcy buying represented 48%, 50%, and 38%, respectively, of our total domestic portfolio purchasing.
In order to collect our Core portfolios, we generally need to employ relatively higher amounts of labor and incur additional
collection costs to generate each dollar of cash collections as compared with bankruptcy portfolios. In order to achieve acceptable
levels of net return on investment (after direct expenses), we are generally targeting a total cash collections to purchase price multiple
in the 2.0-3.0x range. On the other hand, bankrupt accounts generate the majority of cash collections through the efforts of the U.S.
bankruptcy courts and trustees. In this process, cash is remitted to our Company with no corresponding cost other than the cost of
filing claims at the time of purchase, court fees associated with the filing of ownership claim transfers and general administrative costs
for monitoring the progress of each account through the bankruptcy process. As a result, overall collection costs are much lower for
us when liquidating a pool of bankrupt accounts as compared to a pool of Core accounts, but conversely the price we pay for bankrupt
accounts is generally higher than Core accounts. We generally target similar returns on investment (measured after direct expenses)
for bankrupt and Core portfolios at any given point in the market cycles. However, because of the lower related collection costs, we
can pay more for bankrupt portfolios, which causes the estimated total cash collections to purchase price multiples of bankrupt pools
generally to be in the 1.2-2.0x range. In summary, compared to a similar investment in a pool of Core accounts, to the extent both
pools had identical targeted returns on investment (measured after direct expenses), the bankrupt pool would be expected to generate
less revenue, less direct expenses, similar operating income, and a higher operating margin.
In addition, collections on younger, newly filed bankrupt accounts tend to be of a lower magnitude in the earlier months when
compared to Core charge-off accounts. This lower level of early period collections is due to the fact that we primarily purchase
portfolios of accounts that represent unsecured claims in bankruptcy, and these unsecured claims are scheduled to begin paying out
after payment of the secured and priority claims. As a result of the administrative processes regarding payout priorities within the
court-administered bankruptcy plans, unsecured creditors do not generally begin receiving meaningful collections on unsecured claims
until 12 to 18 months after the bankruptcy filing date. Therefore, to the extent that we purchase portfolios with more recent bankruptcy
filing dates, as we did to a significant extent commencing in 2009, we would expect to experience a delay in cash collections compared
with Core charged-off portfolios.
We utilize a long-term approach to collecting our owned portfolios of receivables. This approach has historically caused us to
realize significant cash collections and revenues from purchased portfolios of finance receivables years after they are originally acquired.
As a result, we have in the past been able to temporarily reduce our level of current period acquisitions without a corresponding negative
current period impact on cash collections and revenue.
51
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
Total
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
The following tables, which exclude any proceeds from cash sales of finance receivables, demonstrate our ability to realize
significant multi-year cash collection streams on our domestic portfolios.
Cash Collections By Year, By Year of Purchase – Entire Domestic Portfolio
($ in thousands)
Purchase
Period
Purchase
Price
1996-
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
Total
Cash Collection Period
$
3,080 $
8,919 $
285 $
210 $
237 $
102 $
83 $
78 $
68 $
100 $
39 $
24 $
10,145
7,685
11,089
18,898
25,020
33,481
42,325
61,447
59,176
143,167
107,667
258,367
275,128
281,424
357,976
393,202
508,976
629,501
20,921
28,878
47,231
62,498
69,882
51,331
24,308
1,022
2,200
5,615
14,098
26,717
35,742
49,706
— 18,019
860
1,811
4,352
10,924
22,639
32,497
52,640
46,475
— 18,968
597
1,415
3,032
8,067
16,048
24,729
43,728
40,424
75,145
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
437
882
2,243
5,202
10,011
16,527
30,695
30,750
69,862
53,192
346
616
1,533
3,604
6,164
9,772
18,818
19,339
49,576
40,560
215
397
1,328
3,198
5,299
7,444
13,135
13,677
33,366
29,749
94,805
216
382
1,139
2,782
4,422
6,375
10,422
9,944
23,733
22,494
83,059
187
332
997
2,554
3,791
5,844
8,945
8,522
17,234
18,190
67,088
89,344
112
241
709
1,927
3,104
4,768
7,477
6,604
13,302
12,560
47,136
71,806
—
—
—
—
—
—
— 61,277
107,974
100,337
—
—
—
—
—
— 57,338
177,407
187,119
177,273
—
—
—
—
— 86,562
218,053
234,893
—
—
—
— 77,190
240,840
—
—
— 74,289
—
—
84
173
483
1,349
2,339
3,433
5,331
4,522
9,916
8,735
29,450
42,957
146,846
203,731
235,660
277,199
154,142
24,997
37,327
68,662
116,203
170,416
198,462
265,205
198,276
311,102
208,451
478,812
473,695
745,983
743,239
553,690
351,488
154,142
— 22,971
— 42,263
115,011
$ 3,217,609 $313,968 $153,404 $191,376 $236,393 $262,166 $326,699 $368,003 $529,342 $705,490 $897,080 $ 1,126,374 $ 5,110,295
Cash Collections By Year, By Year of Purchase – Purchased Bankruptcy Portfolio
($ in thousands)
Purchase
Period
Purchase
Price
1996-
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
Total
Cash Collection Period
$
7,468 $
— $
743 $
4,554 $
3,956 $
2,777 $
1,455 $
496 $
164 $
149 $
108 $
90 $
14,492
29,301
17,627
78,526
108,586
156,036
209,175
181,949
252,442
235,781
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
5,608
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
3,777
15,500
11,934
6,845
6,522
27,972
9,455
2,850
— 14,024
3,318
4,398
25,630
35,894
1,382
2,972
22,829
37,974
466
1,526
16,093
35,690
250
665
7,551
28,956
—
—
—
—
—
— 16,635
81,780
102,780
107,888
—
—
—
— 39,486
104,499
125,020
121,717
—
—
—
— 15,218
66,379
82,752
—
—
— 17,388
103,610
—
—
52,528
169
419
1,206
11,650
95,725
43,641
31,565
104,131
164,188
404,808
390,722
164,349
120,998
52,528
Total
$ 1,276,891 $
— $
743 $
8,331 $ 25,064 $ 27,016 $ 56,818 $ 86,371 $186,587 $276,421 $354,205 $ 469,866 $ 1,491,422
52
($ in thousands)
Purchase
Period
Purchase
Price
1996-
2003
Cash Collections By Year, By Year of Purchase – Core Portfolio
Cash Collection Period
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
Total
$
3,080 $
8,919 $
285 $
210 $
237 $
102 $
83 $
78 $
68 $
100 $
39 $
24 $
10,145
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
7,685
11,089
18,898
25,020
33,481
42,325
61,447
51,708
113,866
90,040
179,841
166,542
125,388
148,801
211,253
256,534
393,720
20,921
28,878
47,231
62,498
69,882
51,331
24,308
1,022
2,200
5,615
14,098
26,717
35,742
49,706
— 17,276
860
1,811
4,352
10,924
22,639
32,497
52,640
41,921
— 15,191
597
1,415
3,032
8,067
16,048
24,729
43,728
36,468
59,645
— 17,363
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
437
882
2,243
5,202
10,011
16,527
30,695
27,973
57,928
43,737
—
—
—
—
—
346
616
1,533
3,604
6,164
9,772
18,818
17,884
42,731
34,038
87,039
215
397
1,328
3,198
5,299
7,444
13,135
13,181
30,048
25,351
69,175
72,080
216
382
1,139
2,782
4,422
6,375
10,422
9,780
22,351
19,522
60,230
62,363
95,627
187
332
997
2,554
3,791
5,844
8,945
8,373
16,768
16,664
50,995
53,654
84,339
112
241
709
1,927
3,104
4,768
7,477
6,496
13,052
11,895
39,585
42,850
69,385
84
173
483
1,349
2,339
3,433
5,331
4,432
9,747
8,316
28,244
31,307
51,121
82,014
—
—
—
—
— 47,076
113,554
109,873
—
—
—
— 61,972
174,461
152,908
—
—
— 56,901
173,589
—
— 101,614
— 39,413
— 47,253
— 40,703
24,997
37,327
68,662
116,203
170,416
198,462
265,205
183,784
267,461
176,886
374,681
309,507
341,175
352,517
389,341
230,490
101,614
Total
$ 1,940,718 $313,968 $152,661 $183,045 $211,329 $235,150 $269,881 $281,632 $342,755 $429,069 $542,875 $656,508 $ 3,618,873
When we acquire a new pool of finance receivables, our estimates typically result in a 60-96 month projection of cash collections,
depending on the type of finance receivables acquired. The following chart shows our historical cash collections (including cash sales
of finance receivables) in relation to the aggregate of the total estimated collection projections made at the time of each respective pool
purchase, adjusted for buybacks, for the last ten years.
53
Primarily as a result of the downturn in the economy, the decline in the availability of consumer credit, our efforts to help customers
establish reasonable payment plans, and improvements in our collections capabilities which have allowed us to profitably collect on
accounts with lower balances or lower quality, the average payment size has decreased over the past several years. However, due to
improved scoring and segmentation, together with enhanced productivity, we have been able to realize increased amounts of cash
collections by generating enough incremental payments to overcome the decrease in payment size. The decreasing average payment
size trend moderated during 2012, and the average payment size was stable during 2013.
The following chart illustrates the excess of our cash collections on our owned portfolios over income recognized on finance
receivables on a quarterly basis. The difference between cash collections and income recognized on finance receivables is referred to
as payments applied to principal. It is also referred to as amortization of purchase price. This amortization is the portion of cash
collections that is used to recover the cost of the portfolio investment represented on the balance sheet.
(1) Includes cash collections on finance receivables only and excludes cash proceeds from sales of defaulted consumer
receivables.
Seasonality
Collections tend to be higher in the first and second quarters of the year and lower in the third and fourth quarters of the year,
due to customer payment patterns in connection with seasonal employment trends, income tax refunds and holiday spending habits.
Historically, our growth has partially offset the impact of this seasonality.
The following table displays our quarterly cash collections by source, for the periods indicated.
Cash Collection Source ($ in
thousands)
Call Center & Other
Collections
External Legal
Collections
Internal Legal
Collections
Bankruptcy Court
Trustee Payments
Q42013
Q32013
Q22013
Q12013
Q42012
Q32012
Q22012
Q12012
$
84,375
$
89,512
$
90,229
$
89,037
$
72,624
$
72,394
$
73,582
$
79,805
46,066
48,274
50,131
47,910
41,521
39,913
41,464
34,852
34,101
33,288
30,365
29,283
23,968
25,650
25,361
23,345
114,384
120,577
125,672
109,233
91,098
91,095
92,018
79,994
Total Cash Collections
$ 278,926
$ 291,651
$ 296,397
$ 275,463
$ 229,211
$ 229,052
$ 232,425
$ 217,996
54
Rollforward of Net Finance Receivables
The following table shows the changes in finance receivables, net, including the amounts paid to acquire new portfolios for the
years ended December 31, (in thousands).
Balance at beginning of year
Acquisitions of finance receivables (1)
Foreign currency translation adjustment
Cash collections applied to principal on finance receivables (2)
Balance at end of year
Estimated Remaining Collections (“ERC”) (3)
2013
1,078,951
638,616
515
(478,891)
1,239,191
2,669,270
$
$
$
2012
2011
926,734
529,691
575
(378,049)
1,078,951
2,315,189
$
$
$
831,330
398,999
—
(303,595)
926,734
1,953,348
$
$
$
(1) Acquisitions of finance receivables is net of buybacks and includes certain capitalized acquisition related costs.
(2) Cash collections applied to principal (also referred to as amortization) on finance receivables consists of cash collections less
income recognized on finance receivables, net of allowance charges.
(3) Estimated Remaining Collections refers to the sum of all future projected cash collections on our owned portfolios.
Collections Productivity
The following table contains our collector productivity metrics, as defined, by calendar quarter.
Cash Collections per Collector Hour Paid (Domestic Portfolio Only)
2013 (5)
2012
2011
2010
2009
Core cash collections
(1)
Q1 $
Q2 $
Q3 $
Q4 $
Q1 $
Q2 $
Q3 $
Q4 $
Q1 $
Q2 $
Q3 $
Q4 $
Q1 $
Q2 $
Q3 $
Q4 $
193
190
191
190
2013 (5)
304
315
310
308
2013 (5)
251
261
259
256
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
166
169
171
150
$
$
$
$
162
154
152
137
$
$
$
$
(2)
Total cash collections
2012
2011
2010
258
275
279
245
$
$
$
$
241
243
249
228
$
$
$
$
Non-legal cash collections
(3)
2012
2011
2010
216
225
230
200
$
$
$
$
204
205
212
194
$
$
$
$
135
127
127
129
182
188
200
204
154
160
170
174
(4)
Non-legal/non-bankruptcy cash collections
2013 (5)
2012
2011
2010
140
137
140
138
$
$
$
$
125
120
122
105
$
$
$
$
125
116
115
103
$
$
$
$
106
100
97
98
55
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
120
114
111
109
147
143
144
148
118
116
119
123
90
87
87
84
2009
2009
2009
(1) Represents total cash collections less purchased bankruptcy cash collections from trustee-administered accounts. This metric
includes cash collections from purchased bankruptcy accounts administered by the Core call center collection floor as well as
cash collections generated by our internal staff of legal collectors. This calculation does not include hours paid to our internal
staff of legal collectors or to employees processing the bankruptcy-required notifications to trustees.
(2) Represents total cash collections (assigned and unassigned) divided by total hours paid (including holiday, vacation and sick
time) to collectors (including those in training).
(3) Represents total cash collections less external legal cash collections. This metric includes internal legal collections and all
bankruptcy collections and excludes any hours associated with either of those functions.
(4) Represents total cash collections less external legal cash collections and less purchased bankruptcy cash collections from trustee-
administered accounts. This metric does not include any labor hours associated with the bankruptcy or legal (internal or
external) functions but does include internally-driven cash collections from the internal legal channel.
(5) Due to a change in our calculation methodology, figures for the first and second quarter of 2013 have been revised to conform
to current period presentation.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Historically, our primary sources of cash have been cash flows from operations, bank borrowings, and convertible debt and equity
offerings. Cash has been used for acquisitions of finance receivables, corporate acquisitions, repurchase of our common stock,
repayments of bank borrowings, operating expenses, purchases of property and equipment, and working capital to support our growth.
As of December 31, 2013, cash and cash equivalents totaled $162.0 million, compared to $32.7 million at December 31, 2012.
At December 31, 2013, we had no debt outstanding on the revolving portion of our credit facility which represents availability of
$435.5 million (subject to the borrowing base and applicable debt covenants). Conversely, at December 31, 2012, we had $127.0
million outstanding on the floating rate term loan portion of our credit facility which represented availability of $273.0 million (subject
to the borrowing base and applicable debt covenants).
We have in place forward flow commitments for the purchase of defaulted consumer receivables over the next twelve months
with a maximum purchase price of $90.0 million as of December 31, 2013. Additionally we may enter into new or renewed flow
commitments in the next twelve months and close on spot transactions in addition to the aforementioned flow agreements. We believe
that funds generated from operations and from cash collections on finance receivables, together with existing cash and available
borrowings under our credit facility will be sufficient to finance our operations, planned capital expenditures, the aforementioned
forward flow commitments, and additional, normal-course portfolio purchasing during the next twelve months. Business acquisitions
or higher than normal levels of portfolio purchasing could require additional financing from other sources.
For domestic income tax purposes, we recognize revenue using the cost recovery method with respect to our debt purchasing
business. The Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) has audited and issued a Notice of Deficiency for the tax years ended December 31,
2007, 2006 and 2005. It has asserted that tax revenue recognition using the cost recovery method does not clearly reflect taxable income,
and that unused line fees paid on credit facilities should be capitalized and amortized rather than taken as a current deduction. We
have filed a petition in the United States Tax Court and believe we have sufficient support for the technical merits of our positions. If
we are unsuccessful in the United States Tax Court, we can appeal to the federal Circuit Court of Appeals. If judicial appeals prove
unsuccessful, we may ultimately be required to pay the related deferred taxes, and possibly interest and penalties, which may require
additional financing from other sources. In accordance with the Internal Revenue Code, underpayments of federal tax accrue interest,
compounded daily, at the applicable federal short term rate plus three percentage points. An additional two percentage points applies
to large corporate underpayments of $100,000 or more to periods after the applicable date as defined in the Internal Revenue Code.
Deferred taxes related to this item were $209.3 million at December 31, 2013.
Cash generated from operations is dependent upon our ability to collect on our finance receivables. Many factors, including the
economy and our ability to hire and retain qualified collectors and managers, are essential to our ability to generate cash flows.
Fluctuations in these factors that cause a negative impact on our business could have a material impact on our future cash flows.
On February 2, 2012, the Company’s board of directors authorized a share repurchase program of up to $100 million of our
outstanding shares of Common Stock. The program is administered by a special committee of the board of directors. Repurchases
depend on prevailing market conditions and other factors. The repurchase program may be suspended or discontinued at any time.
During the year ended December 31, 2013, we repurchased 1,203,412 shares of our common stock at an average price of $48.62 per
share. At December 31, 2013, the maximum remaining purchase price for share repurchases under the plan is approximately $18.8
million.
Our operating activities provided cash of $225.1 million, $131.4 million, and $173.0 million for the years ended December 31,
2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively. In these periods, cash from operations was generated primarily from net income earned through
56
cash collections and fee income received for the period. The decrease from 2011 to 2012 was due in part to a $75.1 million increase
in cash paid for income taxes.
Our investing activities used cash of $175.6 million, $205.6 million, $104.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2013,
2012, and 2011, respectively. Cash provided by investing activities is primarily driven by cash collections applied to principal on
finance receivables. Cash used in investing activities is primarily driven by acquisitions of defaulted consumer receivables, purchases
of property and equipment, and business acquisitions. The change was due in part to net cash payments for corporate acquisitions
totaling $149.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to zero for the year ended December 31, 2013 and $1.0 million
for the year ended December 31, 2011. The change was also due to an increase in acquisitions of finance receivables, which increased
to $638.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 from $457.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 and $399.0 million
for the year ended December 31, 2011. This increase was partially offset by an increase in collections applied to principal on finance
receivables to $478.8 million, from $378.0 million, and $303.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011,
respectively.
Our financing activities provided cash of $79.8 million and $80.7 million, and used cash of $82.7 million for the years ended
December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively. Cash was primarily provided by proceeds from our revolving credit facility and, in
2013, proceeds from our convertible debt offering. Cash used in financing activities was primarily driven by principal payments on
our revolving credit facility and repurchases of our common stock. The change was due in large part to the convertible debt offering
that occurred in the third quarter of 2013. This provided us with $287.5 million in gross proceeds of the offering during the year ended
December 31, 2013. The change was also due to changes in the net borrowings on our credit facility. We had net repayments on our
credit facility of $127.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to net borrowings of $107.0 million during the
year ended December 31, 2012, and net repayments of $80.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. In addition, cash flow
related to financing activities was impacted by stock repurchases of $58.5 million in 2013, and $22.7 million in 2012.
Cash paid for interest was $9.8 million, $9.6 million, and $10.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011,
respectively. Interest was paid on our revolving credit facility, long-term debt and convertible debt. The increase for the year ended
December 31, 2013 from the year ended December 31, 2012 was mainly due to an increase in our weighted average borrowings to
$309.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 from $258.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 offset by a decrease
in our weighted average interest rate which decreased to 2.70% for the year ended December 31, 2013 from 3.27% for the year ended
December 31, 2012. The decrease for the year ended December 31, 2012 from the year ended December 31, 2011 was mainly due to
a decrease in our weighted average interest rate which decreased to 3.27% for the year ended December 31, 2012 from 3.71% for the
year ended December 31, 2011, as well as a decrease in our weighted average borrowings to $258.0 million for the year ended December
31, 2012 compared to $263.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. Cash paid for income taxes was $105.7 million, $98.7
million, and $23.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively. The increase in taxes paid is primarily
due to an increase in taxable income.
Borrowings
On December 19, 2012, we entered into a credit agreement with Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, and a syndicate
of lenders named therein (the “Credit Agreement”). On August 6, 2013, we entered into a First Amendment (the “First Amendment”)
to the Credit Agreement. The First Amendment amended and restated certain provisions to clarify the permitted indebtedness basket
for the issuance of senior, unsecured convertible notes in an aggregate amount not to exceed $300,000,000. On August 21, 2013, we
entered into a Lender Joinder Agreement and Lender Commitment Agreement, and Consented to a Master Assignment and Assumption
(collectively, the “Loan Modification Agreements”), which together modified the Credit Agreement. The Loan Modification
Agreements, among other things, increased by $35.5 million the amount of revolving credit availability under the Credit Agreement.
Under the terms of the Credit Agreement, as amended and modified, the credit facility includes an aggregate principal amount available
of $630.5 million (subject to the borrowing base and applicable debt covenants) which consists of a $195.0 million floating rate term
loan that amortizes and matures on December 19, 2017 and a $435.5 million revolving credit facility (after giving effect to the August
21, 2013 modification) that matures on December 19, 2017. Our revolving credit facility includes a $20.0 million swingline loan
sublimit, a $20.0 million letter of credit sublimit and a $20.0 million alternative currency equivalent sublimit. It also contains an
accordion loan feature that allows us to request an increase of up to $214.5 million in the amount available for borrowing under the
revolving credit facility, whether from existing or new lenders, subject to terms of the Credit Agreement. No existing lender is obligated
to increase its commitment. The Credit Agreement is secured by a first priority lien on substantially all of our assets.
Borrowings outstanding on our credit facility at December 31, 2013 consisted of $195.0 million outstanding on the term loan
with an annual interest rate as of December 31, 2013 of 2.67%. At December 31, 2012, borrowings on our credit facility consisted of
$122.0 million in 30-day Eurodollar rate loans and $5.0 million in base rate loans with a weighted average interest rate of 2.74%. In
addition, we had $200.0 million outstanding on the term loan at December 31, 2012 with an annual interest rate as of December 31,
2012 of 2.71%. The revolving credit facility also bears an unused line fee of 0.375% per annum, payable quarterly in arrears.
57
On August 13, 2013, we completed the private offering of $287.5 million in aggregate principal amount of our 3.00% Convertible
Senior Notes due 2020 (the “Notes”). The Notes were issued pursuant to an Indenture, dated August 13, 2013 (the "Indenture") between
us and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee. The Indenture contains customary terms and covenants, including certain
events of default after which the Notes may be due and payable immediately. The Notes are senior unsecured obligations of the
Company. Interest on the Notes is payable semi-annually, in arrears, on February 1 and August 1 of each year, beginning on February 1,
2014.
The net proceeds from the sale of the Notes were approximately $279.3 million, after deducting the initial purchasers’ discounts
and commissions and the estimated offering expenses payable by us. We used $174.0 million of the net proceeds from this offering
to repay the outstanding balance on our revolving credit facility and used $50.0 million to repurchase shares of our common stock.
We were in compliance with all covenants of our credit facilities and the Indenture as of December 31, 2013 and December 31,
2012.
Stockholders’ Equity
Stockholders’ equity was $869.5 million at December 31, 2013 and $708.4 million at December 31, 2012. The increase was due
primarily to $175.3 million in net income attributable to Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc.
Contractual Obligations
Our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2013 were as follows (amounts in thousands):
Contractual Obligations
Operating leases
Line of credit (1)
Long-term debt (2)
Purchase commitments (3)
Employment agreements
Total
Payments due by period
$
Total
28,358
6,551
565,466
110,431
16,043
$ 726,849
Less
than 1
year
6,302
1,652
23,861
107,712
11,948
151,475
$
$
1 - 3
years
11,266
3,266
63,854
2,500
4,095
84,981
3 - 5
years
6,765
1,633
173,001
219
—
181,618
$
$
$
$
More
than 5
years
4,025
—
304,750
—
—
308,775
$
$
(1) This amount includes estimated unused line fees due on the line of credit and assumes that the balance on the line of credit
remains constant from the December 31, 2013 balance of $0.0 million.
(2) This amount includes scheduled interest and principal payments on our term loan and our convertible debt.
(3) This amount includes the maximum remaining amount to be purchased under forward flow contracts for the purchase of charged-
off consumer debt in the amount of approximately $90.0 million.
58
Off Balance Sheet Arrangements
We do not have any off balance sheet arrangements as of December 31, 2013 as defined by Item 303(a)(4) of Regulation S-K
promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In July 2012, the FASB issued ASU 2012-02, “Intangibles-Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Testing Indefinite-Lived Intangible
Assets for Impairment” to amend the accounting guidance on intangible asset impairment testing. The ASU permits entities to perform
an optional qualitative assessment for determining whether it is more likely than not that an indefinite-lived intangible asset is impaired.
The guidance is effective for annual and interim impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2012. Early
adoption is permitted. We adopted ASU 2012-02 in the first quarter of 2013 which had no material impact on our consolidated financial
statements.
In February 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-02, "Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out
of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income," which requires entities to provide information about the amounts reclassified out of
accumulated other comprehensive income, by component. In addition, entities are required to present, either on the face of the statement
where net income is presented or in the notes, significant amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by the
respective line items of net income but only if the amount reclassified is required under U.S. GAAP to be reclassified to net income
in its entirety in the same reporting period. For other amounts that are not required under U.S. GAAP to be reclassified in their entirety
to net income, entities are required to cross-reference to other disclosures required under U.S. GAAP that provide additional detail on
these amounts. We adopted ASU 2013-02 in the first quarter of 2013 which had no material impact on our consolidated financial
statements.
In March 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-05, "Foreign Currency Matters (Topic 830): Parent's Accounting for the Cumulative
Translation Adjustment upon Derecognition of Certain Subsidiaries or Groups of Assets within a Foreign Entity or of an Investment
in a Foreign Entity," which defines the treatment of the release of cumulative translation adjustments upon derecognition of certain
subsidiaries or groups of assets within a foreign entity or of an investment in a foreign entity. This ASU is effective for fiscal years,
and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2013. Early adoption is permitted and prior periods should not
be adjusted. We do not expect the adoption of this guidance to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
Critical Accounting Policies
Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Our
significant accounting policies are discussed in Note 1 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Our significant accounting
policies are fundamental to understanding our results of operations and financial condition because they require that we use estimates,
assumptions and judgments that affect the reported amounts of revenues, expenses, assets, and liabilities.
Three of these policies are considered to be critical because they are important to the portrayal of our financial condition and
results, and because they require management to make judgments and estimates that are difficult, subjective, and complex regarding
matters that are inherently uncertain.
We base our estimates on historical experience, current trends and on various other assumptions that we believe are reasonable
under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities
that are not readily apparent from other sources. If these estimates differ significantly from actual results, the impact on our consolidated
financial statements may be material.
Management has reviewed these critical accounting policies with the Company's Audit Committee.
Revenue Recognition - Finance Receivables
We account for our investment in finance receivables under the guidance of ASC 310-30. We acquire portfolios of accounts that
have experienced deterioration of credit quality between origination and our acquisition of the accounts. The amount paid for a portfolio
reflects our determination that it is probable we will be unable to collect all amounts due according to an account's contractual terms.
At acquisition, we review the accounts to determine whether there is evidence of deterioration of credit quality since origination, and
if it is probable that we will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the loan's contractual terms. If both conditions exist,
we then determine whether each such account is to be accounted for individually or whether such accounts will be assembled into
pools based on common risk characteristics. We consider expected prepayments and estimate the amount and timing of undiscounted
expected principal, interest and other cash flows (expected at acquisition) for each acquired portfolio based on our proprietary models,
and then subsequently aggregate portfolios of accounts into pools. We determine the excess of the pool's scheduled contractual principal
and contractual interest payments over all cash flows expected at acquisition as an amount that should not be accreted (nonaccretable
59
difference). The remaining amount, representing the excess of the pool's cash flows expected to be collected over the amount paid, is
accreted into income recognized on finance receivables over the remaining estimated life of the pool (accretable yield). ASC 310-30
requires that the excess of the contractual cash flows over expected cash flows, based on our estimates derived from our proprietary
collection models, not be recognized as an adjustment of revenue or expense or on the balance sheet.
Each static pool is recorded at cost, which may include certain direct costs of acquisition paid to third parties, and is accounted
for as a single unit for the recognition of income, payments applied to principal and loss provision. Once a static pool is established
for a calendar quarter, individual receivable accounts are not added to the pool (unless replaced by the seller) or removed from the
pool (unless sold or returned to the seller). ASC 310-30, utilizing the interest method, initially freezes the yield, estimated when the
accounts are purchased, as the basis for subsequent impairment testing. The yield is estimated and periodically recalculated based on
the timing and amount of anticipated cash flows using our proprietary collection models. Income on finance receivables is accrued
quarterly based on each static pool's effective yield. Significant increases in expected future cash flows may be recognized prospectively,
through an upward adjustment of the yield, over a pool's remaining life. Any increase to the yield then becomes the new benchmark
for impairment testing. Under ASC 310-30, rather than lowering the estimated yield if the collection estimates are not received or
projected to be received, the carrying value of a pool would be written down to maintain the then current yield and is shown as a
reduction in revenue in the consolidated income statements with a corresponding valuation allowance offsetting finance receivables,
net, on the consolidated balance sheets. Cash flows greater than the interest accrual will reduce the carrying value of the static pool.
This reduction in carrying value is defined as payments applied to principal (also referred to as principal amortization). Likewise, cash
flows that are less than the interest accrual will accrete the carrying balance. Generally, we do not record accretion in the first six to
twelve months of the estimated life of the pool; accordingly, we utilize either the cost recovery method or cash method when necessary
to prevent accretion as permitted by ASC 310-30. Under the cash method, revenue is recognized as it would be under the interest
method up to the amount of cash collections. Under the cost recovery method, no revenue is recognized until we have fully collected
the cost of the pool, or until such time that we consider the collections to be probable and estimable and begin to recognize income
based on the interest method as described above. We also use the cost recovery method when collections on a particular pool of
accounts cannot be reasonably estimated.
A pool can become fully amortized (zero carrying balance on the balance sheet) while still generating cash collections. In this
case, all cash collections are recognized as revenue when received.
We establish valuation allowances, if necessary, for acquired accounts subject to ASC 310-10. Valuation allowances are established
only subsequent to acquisition of the accounts.
We implement the accounting for income recognized on finance receivables under ASC 310-30 as follows. We create each
accounting pool using our projections of estimated cash flows and expected economic life. We then compute the effective yield that
fully amortizes the pool over a reasonable expectation of its economic life based on the current projections of estimated cash flows.
As actual cash flow results are recorded, we balance those results to the data contained in our proprietary models to ensure accuracy,
then review each pool watching for trends, actual performance versus projections and curve shape (a graphical depiction of the timing
of cash flows), regularly re-forecasting future cash flows utilizing our statistical models. The review process is primarily performed
by our finance staff; however, our operational and statistical staff is also involved, providing updated statistical input and cash projections
to the finance staff. If there is a significant increase in expected cash flows, we will recognize the effect of the increase prospectively
through an increase in yield. If a valuation allowance had been previously recognized for that pool, the allowance is reversed before
recording any prospective yield adjustments. If the over performance is considered more of an acceleration of cash flows (a timing
difference), we will: a) adjust estimated future cash flows downward which effectively extends the amortization period to fall within
a reasonable expectation of the pool's economic life, b) adjust future cash flow projections as noted previously coupled with an increase
in yield in order for the amortization period to fall within a reasonable expectation of the pool's economic life, or c) take no action at
all if the amortization period falls within a reasonable expectation of the pool's expected economic life. To the extent there is
underperformance, we will record an allowance if the underperformance is significant and will also consider revising estimated future
cash flows based on current period information, or take no action if the pool's amortization period is reasonable and falls within the
currently projected economic life.
Valuation of Acquired Intangibles and Goodwill
In accordance with ASC Topic 350, “Intangibles-Goodwill and Other” (“ASC 350”), we amortize intangible assets over their
estimated useful lives. Goodwill, pursuant to ASC 350, is not amortized but rather is reviewed for impairment annually or earlier if
indicators of potential impairment exist. The review of goodwill for potential impairment is highly subjective and requires that:
(1) goodwill is allocated to various reporting units of our business to which it relates; and (2) we estimate the fair value of those
reporting units to which the goodwill relates and then determine the book value of those reporting units. During the review, we also
consider qualitative factors that may have an impact on the final assessment regarding potential impairment. If the estimated fair value
of reporting units with allocated goodwill is determined to be less than their book value, we are required to estimate the fair value of
all identifiable assets and liabilities of those reporting units in a manner similar to a purchase price allocation for an acquired business.
60
This may require independent valuation of certain unrecognized assets. Once this process is complete, the amount of goodwill
impairment, if any, can be determined.
Income Taxes
We follow the guidance of FASB ASC Topic 740 “Income Taxes” (“ASC 740”) as it relates to the provision for income taxes
and uncertainty in income taxes. Accordingly, we record a tax provision for the anticipated tax consequences of the reported results
of operations. In accordance with ASC 740, the provision for income taxes is computed using the asset and liability method, under
which deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the
financial reporting and tax basis of assets and liabilities, and for operating losses and tax credit carry-forwards. Deferred tax assets
and liabilities are measured using the currently enacted tax rates that apply to taxable income in effect for the years in which those tax
assets are expected to be realized or settled. The evaluation of a tax position in accordance with the guidance is a two-step process.
The first step is recognition: the enterprise determines whether it is more-likely-than-not that a tax position will be sustained upon
examination, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits of the position. In
evaluating whether a tax position has met the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold, the enterprise should presume that the position
will be examined by the appropriate taxing authority that would have full knowledge of all relevant information. The second step is
measurement: a tax position that meets the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold is measured to determine the amount of benefit
to recognize in the financial statements. The tax position is measured as the largest amount of benefit that is greater than fifty percent
likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. Tax positions that previously failed to meet the more-likely-than-not recognition
threshold should be recognized in the first subsequent financial reporting period in which that threshold is met. Previously recognized
tax positions that no longer meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold should be derecognized in the first subsequent financial
reporting period in which that threshold is no longer met. We record interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as a
component of income tax expense.
In the event that all or part of the deferred tax assets are determined not to be realizable in the future, a valuation allowance
would be established and charged to earnings in the period such determination is made. If we subsequently realize deferred tax assets
that were previously determined to be unrealizable, the respective valuation allowance would be reversed, resulting in a positive
adjustment to earnings or a decrease in goodwill in the period such determination is made. The calculation of tax liabilities involves
significant judgment in estimating the impact of uncertainties in the application of complex tax laws. Resolution of these uncertainties
in a manner inconsistent with our expectations could have a material impact on our results of operations and financial position.
For domestic income tax purposes, we recognize revenue using the cost recovery method with respect to our debt purchasing
business. We believe cost recovery to be an acceptable method for companies in the bad debt purchasing industry. Under the cost
recovery method, collections on finance receivables are applied first to principal to reduce the finance receivables to zero before any
income is recognized.
Item 7A.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.
Interest Rate Risk
We are subject to interest rate risk from outstanding borrowings on our variable rate credit facility. We assess this interest
rate risk by estimating the increase in interest expense that would occur due to an increase in short-term interest rates. The average
borrowings on our variable rate credit facility were $309.7 million and $241.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and
2012, respectively. Assuming a 200 basis point increase in interest rates, for example, interest expense would have increased by
$6.2 million and $4.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, resulting in a decrease in income before
income taxes of 2.2% and 2.4%, respectively. As of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, we had $195.0 million and $327.0
million, respectively, of variable rate debt outstanding on our credit facility. We do not have any other variable rate debt outstanding
as of December 31, 2013. We had no interest rate hedging programs in place for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.
Significant increases in future interest rates on our variable rate credit facility could lead to a material decrease in future earnings
assuming all other factors remained constant.
Currency Exchange Risk
In 2012, we acquired PRA UK. PRA UK conducts business in the Pound Sterling, but we report our financial results in U.S.
dollars. Therefore, as a result of the PRA UK acquisition, we face exposure to fluctuations in currency exchange rates. Significant
fluctuations in exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and the Pound Sterling may adversely affect our comprehensive income.
We may or may not implement a hedging program related to currency exchange rate fluctuation. In 2013, PRA UK revenues were
1.3% of consolidated revenues.
61
Item 8.
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.
See Item 6 for quarterly consolidated financial statements for 2013 and 2012.
Index to Financial Statements
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2013 and 2012
Consolidated Income Statements for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Page
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
62
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc.:
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. and subsidiaries
(the “Company”) as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated income statements, and statements of
comprehensive income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended
December 31, 2013. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).
Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements
are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures
in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable
basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position
of Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the results of their operations and
their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2013, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted
accounting principles.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States),
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on criteria established
in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (1992) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway
Commission (COSO), and our report dated February 28, 2014 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of Portfolio
Recovery Associates, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting.
/s/ KPMG LLP
Norfolk, Virginia
February 28, 2014
63
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc.
Consolidated Balance Sheets
December 31, 2013 and 2012
(Amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)
Assets
2013
2012
Cash and cash equivalents
Finance receivables, net
Accounts receivable, net
Property and equipment, net
Income tax receivable
Deferred tax asset
Goodwill
Intangible assets, net
Other assets
Total assets
Liabilities and Equity
Liabilities:
Accounts payable
Accrued expenses and other liabilities
Income taxes payable
Accrued compensation
Net deferred tax liability
Borrowings
Total liabilities
Commitments and contingencies (Note 14)
Redeemable noncontrolling interest
Stockholders' equity:
Preferred stock, par value $0.01, authorized shares, 2,000, issued and
outstanding shares—0
Common stock, par value $0.01, 60,000 authorized shares, 49,840 issued and
outstanding shares at December 31, 2013, and 60,000 authorized shares,
50,727 issued and outstanding shares at December 31, 2012
Additional paid-in capital
Retained earnings
Accumulated other comprehensive income
Total stockholders' equity
Total liabilities and equity
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
162,004
1,239,191
12,359
31,541
11,710
1,361
103,843
15,767
23,456
1,601,232
14,819
27,655
—
27,431
210,071
451,780
731,756
—
—
498
135,441
729,505
4,032
869,476
1,601,232
$
32,687
1,078,951
10,486
25,312
—
—
109,488
20,364
11,668
1,288,956
12,155
18,953
3,125
12,804
185,277
327,542
559,856
20,673
—
507
150,878
554,191
2,851
708,427
1,288,956
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
64
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc.
Consolidated Income Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011
(Amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)
2013
2012
2011
$
$
663,546
71,589
735,135
$
530,635
62,166
592,801
Revenues:
Income recognized on finance receivables, net
Fee income
Total revenues
Operating expenses:
Compensation and employee services
Legal collection fees
Legal collection costs
Agent fees
Outside fees and services
Communications
Rent and occupancy
Depreciation and amortization
Other operating expenses
Impairment of goodwill
Total operating expenses
Gain on sale of property
Income from operations
Other income and (expense):
Interest income
Interest expense
Income before income taxes
Provision for income taxes
Net income
401,895
57,040
458,935
138,202
23,621
38,659
7,653
19,310
20,874
5,891
12,943
14,914
—
282,067
1,157
178,025
7
(10,569)
167,463
66,319
101,144
192,474
41,488
83,063
5,901
31,615
28,936
7,536
14,385
25,809
6,397
437,604
—
297,531
3
(14,469)
283,065
106,146
176,919
(1,605)
168,356
34,393
72,325
5,906
28,867
25,943
6,781
14,515
19,651
—
376,737
—
216,064
10
(9,041)
207,033
80,934
126,099
Adjustment for (net income)/net loss attributable
to redeemable noncontrolling interest
Net income attributable to Portfolio Recovery
Associates, Inc.
Net income per common share attributable to Portfolio Recovery
Associates, Inc:
Basic
Diluted
Weighted average number of shares outstanding:
$
$
$
Basic
Diluted
494
(353)
175,314
$
126,593
$
100,791
3.48
3.45
$
$
2.48
2.46
$
$
50,366
50,873
50,991
51,369
1.96
1.95
51,330
51,690
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
65
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income
For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011
(Amounts in thousands)
Net income
Other comprehensive income:
Foreign currency translation adjustments
Total other comprehensive income
Comprehensive income
2013
176,919
$
2012
126,099
$
2011
101,144
$
1,181
1,181
178,100
2,851
2,851
128,950
—
—
101,144
Comprehensive (income)/loss attributable to noncontrolling interest
(1,605)
494
(353)
Comprehensive income attributable to Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc.
$
176,495
$
129,444
$
100,791
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
66
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity
For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011
(Amounts in thousands)
Common Stock
Shares Amount
Additional
Paid-in
Capital
Retained
Earnings
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income
Total
Stockholders’
Equity
Balance at December 31, 2010
51,192
$
509
$
163,200
$
326,807
$
— $
490,516
Net income attributable to Portfolio Recovery
Associates, Inc.
Net unrealized change in:
Exercise of stock options and vesting of
nonvested shares
Amortization of share-based compensation
Income tax benefit from share-based
compensation
Employee stock relinquished for payment of
taxes
Adjustment of the redeemable noncontrolling
interest measurement amount
—
210
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
100,791
150
7,759
641
(257)
(4,112)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Balance at December 31, 2011
51,402
$
509
$
167,381
$
427,598
$
— $
Net income attributable to Portfolio Recovery
Associates, Inc.
Foreign currency translation adjustment
Vesting of nonvested shares
Repurchase and cancellation of common stock
Amortization of share-based compensation
Income tax benefit from share-based
compensation
Employee stock relinquished for payment of
taxes
Adjustment of the redeemable noncontrolling
interest measurement amount
—
—
318
(993)
—
—
—
—
—
—
1
(3)
—
—
—
—
—
—
(1)
(22,732)
11,282
2,138
(3,593)
(3,597)
126,593
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2,851
—
—
—
—
—
—
Balance at December 31, 2012
50,727
$
507
$
150,878
$
554,191
$
2,851
$
Net income attributable to Portfolio Recovery
Associates, Inc.
Foreign currency translation adjustment
Vesting of nonvested shares
—
—
316
Repurchase and cancellation of common stock
(1,203)
Amortization of share-based compensation
Income tax benefit from share-based
compensation
Employee stock relinquished for payment of
taxes
Equity component of convertible debt
Deferred taxes on equity component of
convertible debt
Purchase of noncontrolling interest
Adjustment of the redeemable noncontrolling
interest measurement amount
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
(11)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(2)
(58,500)
12,272
4,552
(7,350)
31,306
(12,517)
14,986
(184)
175,314
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1,181
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
100,791
150
7,759
641
(257)
(4,112)
595,488
126,593
2,851
—
(22,735)
11,282
2,138
(3,593)
(3,597)
708,427
175,314
1,181
—
(58,511)
12,272
4,552
(7,350)
31,306
(12,517)
14,986
(184)
Balance at December 31, 2013
49,840
$
498
$
135,441
$
729,505
$
4,032
$
869,476
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
67
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011
(Amounts in thousands)
2013
2012
2011
$
176,919
$
126,099
$
101,144
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Amortization of share-based compensation
Depreciation and amortization
Amortization of debt discount
Impairment of goodwill
Deferred tax expense/(benefit)
Gain on sale of property
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Other assets
Accounts receivable
Accounts payable
Income taxes payable/receivable, net
Accrued expenses
Accrued compensation
Net cash provided by operating activities
Cash flows from investing activities:
Purchases of property and equipment
Proceeds from sale of property
Acquisition of finance receivables, net of buybacks
Collections applied to principal on finance receivables
Business acquisitions, net of cash acquired
Proceeds received from due from seller
Net cash used in investing activities
Cash flows from financing activities:
Proceeds from exercise of options
Income tax benefit from share-based compensation
Payment of liability-classified contingent consideration
Proceeds from line of credit
Principal payments on line of credit
Repurchases of common stock
Payments of line of credit origination costs and fees
Cash paid for noncontrolling interest
Distributions paid to noncontrolling interest
Principal payments on long-term debt
Proceeds from convertible debt, net
Net cash provided by/(used in) financing activities
Effect of exchange rate on cash
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year
Cash paid for interest
Cash paid for income taxes
Noncash investing and financing activities:
Adjustment of the redeemable noncontrolling interest measurement amount
Purchase of noncontrolling interest
Distributions payable relating to noncontrolling interest
Employee stock relinquished for payment of taxes
Conversion of revolving line of credit to long-term debt
$
$
$
12,272
14,385
1,508
6,397
11,011
—
(4,751)
(1,786)
2,556
(14,814)
14,179
7,251
225,127
(15,875)
—
(638,616)
478,891
—
—
(175,600)
—
4,552
(5,240)
217,000
(344,000)
(58,511)
—
(5,663)
(2,075)
(5,542)
279,281
79,802
(12)
129,317
32,687
162,004
9,830
105,719
$
$
11,282
14,515
—
—
(8,621)
—
1,523
(474)
1,049
(11,193)
469
(3,237)
131,412
(7,115)
—
(457,068)
378,049
(148,995)
29,548
(205,581)
—
2,138
—
294,000
(187,000)
(22,735)
(4,994)
—
—
(704)
—
80,705
(546)
5,990
26,697
32,687
9,566
98,738
$
$
(184) $
14,986
—
(7,350)
—
(3,597) $
—
261
(3,593)
200,000
7,759
12,943
—
—
28,927
(1,157)
(54)
1,070
4,212
15,472
2,118
591
173,025
(9,634)
1,267
(398,999)
303,595
(985)
—
(104,756)
150
641
—
32,000
(112,000)
—
—
—
(2,307)
(1,150)
—
(82,666)
—
(14,397)
41,094
26,697
10,280
23,641
(4,112)
—
67
(257)
—
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
68
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies:
Nature of operations: Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its subsidiaries (collectively, the
“Company”) are a financial and business service company operating principally in the United States and the United Kingdom.
The Company’s primary business is the purchase, collection and management of portfolios of defaulted consumer receivables. The
Company also services receivables on behalf of clients on either a commission or transaction-fee basis and provides class action
claims settlement recovery services and related payment processing to corporate clients.
Basis of presentation: The consolidated financial statements of the Company are prepared in accordance with U.S. generally
accepted accounting principles and include the accounts of all of its subsidiaries. All significant intercompany accounts and
transactions have been eliminated. Under the guidance of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting
Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 280 “Segment Reporting” (“ASC 280”), the Company has determined that it has several
operating segments that meet the aggregation criteria of ASC 280, and therefore, it has one reportable segment, accounts receivable
management, based on similarities among the operating units including homogeneity of services, service delivery methods and
use of technology.
On June 10, 2013, the Company's board of directors declared a three-for-one stock split by means of a stock dividend. The
new shares were distributed on August 1, 2013, and the shares began trading on a split-adjusted basis beginning August 2, 2013.
As a result of this action, approximately 33.8 million shares were issued to stockholders. The par value of the common stock
remains at $0.01 per share and, accordingly, approximately $0.3 million was retroactively transferred from additional paid-in
capital to common stock for all periods presented. Earnings per share and weighted average shares outstanding are presented in
this Form 10-K after the effect of the stock split. The three-for-one stock split is reflected in the share and per share amounts in
all periods presented in this Form 10-K including Note 10 “Share-Based Compensation,” Note 11 “Earnings per Share,” and Note
12 “Stockholders' Equity.”
With the acquisition of Mackenzie Hall Holdings, Limited, a limited company organized under the laws of England and
Wales, and its subsidiaries (“PRA UK”) on January 16, 2012, the Company began doing business in the United Kingdom. The
assets, liabilities and operations of the Company's foreign subsidiary are recorded based on the functional currency of the entity.
For PRA UK, the functional currency is the local currency, which is the Pound Sterling. Accordingly, the assets, liabilities and
operations are translated, for consolidation purposes, from the local currency to the U.S. dollar reporting currency at period-end
rates for assets and liabilities and generally at average rates for results of operations and cash flows. The resulting unrealized gains
or losses are reported as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income. Realized gains and losses resulting from
foreign currency transactions are recorded in “Other operating expenses” in the consolidated income statements. The consolidated
income statements include the results of operations of PRA UK for the period from January 16, 2012 through December 31, 2013.
The following table shows the amount of revenue generated for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, and long-
lived assets held at December 31, 2013 and 2012, by geographical location (amounts in thousands):
Years Ended December 31,
2013
2012
As of December 31,
2013
2012
Long-Lived Assets
United States
United Kingdom
Total
$
$
Revenues
725,649
9,486
735,135
$
$
574,525
18,276
592,801
$
$
29,501
2,040
31,541
$
$
23,375
1,937
25,312
Revenues are attributed to countries based on the location of the related operations. Long-lived assets consist of net property
and equipment. Prior to the acquisition of PRA UK on January 16, 2012, all revenue generated and long-lived assets held related
to the Company's United States operations.
Cash and cash equivalents: The Company considers all highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less
when purchased to be cash equivalents. Included in cash and cash equivalents are funds held on the behalf of others arising from
the collection of accounts placed with the Company. The balance of the funds held on behalf of others was $8.7 million and $5.5
million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. There is an offsetting liability that is included in “Accounts payable” on
the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.
69
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Concentrations of credit risk: Financial instruments, which potentially expose the Company to concentrations of credit
risk, consist primarily of cash, cash equivalents and investments. The Company places its cash and cash equivalents and investments
with high quality financial institutions. At times, cash balances may be in excess of the amounts insured by the Federal Deposit
Insurance Corporation.
Currency translation: Financial statements of operating subsidiaries outside the United States generally are measured
using the local currency as the functional currency. Adjustments to translate those statements into U.S. dollars are recorded in
accumulated other comprehensive income ("OCI").
Finance receivables and income recognition: The Company accounts for its investment in finance receivables under the
guidance of ASC Topic 310-30, “Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality” (“ASC 310-30”). The
Company acquires portfolios of accounts that have experienced deterioration of credit quality between origination and the
Company's acquisition of the accounts. The amount paid for a portfolio reflects the Company's determination that it is probable
the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due according to an account's contractual terms. At acquisition, the Company
reviews the accounts to determine whether there is evidence of deterioration of credit quality since origination, and if it is probable
that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the loan's contractual terms. If both conditions exist, the
Company then determines whether each such account is to be accounted for individually or whether such accounts will be assembled
into pools based on common risk characteristics. The Company considers expected prepayments and estimates the amount and
timing of undiscounted expected principal, interest and other cash flows (expected at acquisition) for each acquired portfolio based
on the Company's proprietary models, and the Company subsequently aggregates portfolios of accounts into pools. The Company
determines the excess of the pool's scheduled contractual principal and contractual interest payments over all cash flows expected
at acquisition as an amount that should not be accreted (nonaccretable difference). The remaining amount, representing the excess
of the pool's cash flows expected to be collected over the amount paid, is accreted into income recognized on finance receivables
over the remaining estimated life of the pool (accretable yield). ASC 310-30 requires that the excess of the contractual cash flows
over expected cash flows, based on the Company's estimates derived from its proprietary collection models, not be recognized as
an adjustment of revenue or expense or on the balance sheet.
Each static pool is recorded at cost, which may include certain direct costs of acquisition paid to third parties, and is accounted
for as a single unit for the recognition of income, payments applied to principal and loss provision. Once a static pool is established
for a calendar quarter, individual receivable accounts are not added to the pool (unless replaced by the seller) or removed from the
pool (unless sold or returned to the seller). ASC 310-30, utilizing the interest method, initially freezes the yield, estimated when
the accounts are purchased, as the basis for subsequent impairment testing. The yield is estimated and periodically recalculated
based on the timing and amount of anticipated cash flows using our proprietary collection models. Income on finance receivables
is accrued quarterly based on each static pool's effective yield. Significant increases in expected future cash flows may be recognized
prospectively, through an upward adjustment of the yield, over a pool's remaining life. Any increase to the yield then becomes
the new benchmark for impairment testing. Under ASC 310-30, rather than lowering the estimated yield if the collection estimates
are not received or projected to be received, the carrying value of a pool would be written down to maintain the then current yield
and is shown as a reduction in revenue in the consolidated income statements with a corresponding valuation allowance offsetting
finance receivables, net, on the consolidated balance sheets. Cash flows greater than the interest accrual will reduce the carrying
value of the static pool. This reduction in carrying value is defined as payments applied to principal (also referred to as principal
amortization). Likewise, cash flows that are less than the interest accrual will accrete the carrying balance. Generally, the Company
does not record accretion in the first six to twelve months of the estimated life of the pool; accordingly, the Company utilizes either
the cost recovery method or cash method when necessary to prevent accretion as permitted by ASC 310-30. Under the cash method,
revenue is recognized as it would be under the interest method up to the amount of cash collections. Under the cost recovery
method, no revenue is recognized until the Company has fully collected the cost of the pool, or until such time that the Company
considers the collections to be probable and estimable and begin to recognize income based on the interest method as described
above. The Company also uses the cost recovery method when collections on a particular pool of accounts cannot be reasonably
estimated.
A pool can become fully amortized (zero carrying balance on the balance sheet) while still generating cash collections. In
this case, all cash collections are recognized as revenue when received.
The Company establishes valuation allowances, if necessary, for acquired accounts subject to ASC 310-10. Valuation
allowances are established only subsequent to acquisition of the accounts.
The Company implements the accounting for income recognized on finance receivables under ASC 310-30 as follows. The
Company creates each accounting pool using its projections of estimated cash flows and expected economic life. The Company
then computes the effective yield that fully amortizes the pool over a reasonable expectation of its economic life based on the
current projections of estimated cash flows. As actual cash flow results are recorded, the Company balances those results to the
70
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
data contained in its proprietary models to ensure accuracy, then review each pool watching for trends, actual performance versus
projections and curve shape (a graphical depiction of the timing of cash flows), regularly re-forecasting future cash flows utilizing
the Company's statistical models. The review process is primarily performed by the Company's finance staff; however, the
Company's operational and statistical staff are also involved, providing updated statistical input and cash projections to the finance
staff. If there is a significant increase in expected cash flows, the Company will recognize the effect of the increase prospectively
through an increase in yield. If a valuation allowance had been previously recognized for that pool, the allowance is reversed
before recording any prospective yield adjustments. If the over performance is considered more of an acceleration of cash flows
(a timing difference), the Company will: a) adjust estimated future cash flows downward which effectively extends the amortization
period to fall within a reasonable expectation of the pool's economic life, b) adjust future cash flow projections as noted previously
coupled with an increase in yield in order for the amortization period to fall within a reasonable expectation of the pool's economic
life, or c) take no action at all if the amortization period falls within a reasonable expectation of the pool's expected economic life.
To the extent there is underperformance, the Company will record an allowance if the underperformance is significant and will
also consider revising estimated future cash flows based on current period information, or take no action if the pool's amortization
period is reasonable and falls within the currently projected economic life.
The Company capitalizes certain fees paid to third parties related to the direct acquisition of a portfolio of accounts. These
fees are added to the acquisition cost of the portfolio and accordingly are amortized over the life of the portfolio using the interest
method.
The agreements to purchase the aforementioned receivables include general representations and warranties from the sellers
covering account holder death or bankruptcy and accounts settled or disputed prior to sale. The representation and warranty period
permitting the return of these accounts from the Company to the seller is typically 90 to 180 days. Any funds received from the
seller of finance receivables as a return of purchase price are referred to as buybacks. Buyback funds are applied against the finance
receivable balance received and are not included in the Company’s cash collections from operations. In some cases, the seller will
replace the returned accounts with new accounts in lieu of returning the purchase price. In that case, the old account is removed
from the pool and the new account is added.
Fee
income recognition: The Company utilizes
the provisions of ASC Topic 605-45, “Principal Agent
Considerations” (“ASC 605-45”), to account for fee income revenue from its fee-for-service subsidiaries. ASC 605-45 requires
an analysis to be completed to determine if certain revenues should be reported gross or reported net of their related operating
expense. This analysis includes an assessment of who retains inventory/credit risk, controls vendor selection, establishes pricing
and remains the primary obligor on the transaction. Each of these factors was considered to determine the correct method of
recognizing revenue from our subsidiaries.
The Company’s skip tracing subsidiary utilizes both gross and net reporting under ASC 605-45. The subsidiary generates
revenue by working an account and successfully locating a customer for its client. An “investigative fee” is received for these
services. In addition, the subsidiary incurs “agent expenses” where it hires a third-party collector to effectuate repossession. In
many cases the subsidiary has an arrangement with its client which allows the subsidiary to bill the client for these fees. The
Company has determined these fees to be gross revenue based on the criteria in ASC 605-45 and they are recorded as such in the
line item “Fee income,” because the subsidiary is primarily liable to the third party collector. There is a corresponding expense in
“Agent fees” for these pass-through items. The subsidiary also incurs fees to release liens on the repossessed collateral. These lien-
release fees are netted in the line “Agent fees.”
The Company’s government processing and collection business’ primary source of income is derived from servicing taxing
authorities in several different ways: processing all of their tax payments and tax forms, collecting delinquent taxes, identifying
taxes that are not being paid and auditing tax payments. The processing and collection pieces are standard commission based
billings or fee-for-service transactions. When an audit is conducted, there are two components. The first component is a billing
for the hours incurred to conduct the audit. This billing is marked up from the actual costs incurred. The gross billing is a component
of the line item “Fee income” and the expense is included in the line item “Compensation and employee services.” The second
component is expenses incurred while conducting the audit. Most jurisdictions will reimburse the business for direct expenses
incurred for the audit including such items as travel and meals. The billed amounts are included in the line item “Fee income” and
the expense component is included in its appropriate expense category, generally, “Other operating expenses.”
71
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
The Company’s claims administration and payment processing subsidiary utilizes net reporting under ASC 605-45. It
generates revenue by filing claims with the class action claims administrator on behalf of its clients and receiving the related
settlement payment. Under SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin 104, the Company has determined that the fee is not earned until the
subsidiary has received the settlement funds. When a payment is received from the claims administrator for settlement of a lawsuit,
the fee is recorded on a net basis as revenue and included in the line item “Fee income.” The balance of the received amounts is
recorded as a liability and included in the line item “Accounts payable.”
The Company's United Kingdom subsidiary generates revenue from both purchased finance receivables which is accounted
for as described above and also services finance receivables on a contingent fee basis. These portfolios are owned by its clients
and placed under a contingent fee commission arrangement. The Company is paid to collect funds from the client's debtors and
earns a commission generally expressed as a percentage of the gross collections amount. The "Fee income" line of its income
statement reflects the contingent fee amount earned, and not the gross collection amount.
Property and equipment: Property and equipment, including improvements that significantly add to the productive capacity
or extend useful life, are recorded at cost, while maintenance and repairs are expensed currently. Property and equipment are
depreciated over their useful lives using the straight-line method of depreciation. Software and computer equipment are amortized
or depreciated over three to five years. Furniture and fixtures are depreciated over five years. Equipment is depreciated over five
to seven years. Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the lesser of the useful life, which ranges from three to ten years,
or the remaining term of the leased property. Building improvements are depreciated over ten to thirty-nine years. When property
is sold or retired, the cost and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the balance sheet and any gain or loss is included
in the income statement.
Goodwill and intangible assets: In accordance with ASC Topic 350, “Intangibles—Goodwill and Other” (“ASC 350”), the
Company amortizes intangible assets over their estimated useful lives. Goodwill, pursuant to ASC 350, is not amortized but rather
is reviewed for impairment annually or earlier if indicators of potential impairment exist. The review of goodwill for potential
impairment is highly subjective and requires that: (a) goodwill is allocated to various reporting units of the Company’s business
to which it relates; and (b) the Company estimate the fair value of those reporting units to which the goodwill relates and then
determine the book value of those reporting units. During the review, the Company also considers qualitative factors that may
have an impact on the final assessment regarding potential impairment. If the estimated fair value of reporting units with allocated
goodwill is determined to be less than their book value, the Company is required to estimate the fair value of all identifiable assets
and liabilities of those reporting units in a manner similar to a purchase price allocation for an acquired business. This may require
independent valuation of certain unrecognized assets. Once this process is complete, the amount of goodwill impairment, if any,
can be determined. See Note 6 for additional information.
Noncontrolling interest: The Company applies the provisions of FASB ASC Topic 480-10-S99 “Distinguishing Liabilities
from Equity” (“ASC 480-10-S99”), which provides guidance on the accounting for equity securities that are subject to mandatory
redemption requirements or whose redemption is outside the control of the issuer. The noncontrolling interest “put” arrangement
is accounted for under ASC 480-10-S99, as redemption under the “put” arrangement is outside the control of the Company. As
such, the redeemable noncontrolling interest is recorded outside of “permanent” equity. The Company measures the redeemable
noncontrolling interest at the greater of its ASC 480-10-S99 measurement amount (estimated redemption value of the “put” option
embedded in the noncontrolling interest) or its measurement amount under the guidance of ASC 810 "Consolidation" ("ASC 810").
The ASC 810 measurement amount includes adjustments for the noncontrolling interest’s pro-rata share of earnings, losses and
distributions. Adjustments to the measurement amount are recorded to stockholders’ equity. The Company used a present value
calculation to estimate the redemption value of the “put” option as of the reporting date. If material, the Company adjusts the
numerator of earnings per share calculations for the current period change in the excess of the noncontrolling interest’s ASC
480-10-S99 measurement amount over the greater of its ASC 810 measurement amount or the estimated fair value of the
noncontrolling interest.
Income taxes: The Company follows the guidance of FASB ASC Topic 740 “Income Taxes” (“ASC 740”) as it relates to
the provision for income taxes and uncertainty in income taxes. Accordingly, the Company records a tax provision for the anticipated
tax consequences of the reported results of operations. In accordance with ASC 740, the provision for income taxes is computed
using the asset and liability method, under which deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax
consequences of temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax basis of assets and liabilities, and for operating
losses and tax credit carry-forwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the currently enacted tax rates that apply
to taxable income in effect for the years in which those tax assets are expected to be realized or settled. The evaluation of a tax
position in accordance with the guidance is a two-step process. The first step is recognition: the enterprise determines whether it
is more-likely-than-not that a tax position will be sustained upon examination, including resolution of any related appeals or
litigation processes, based on the technical merits of the position. In evaluating whether a tax position has met the more-likely-
than-not recognition threshold, the enterprise should presume that the position will be examined by the appropriate taxing authority
72
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
that would have full knowledge of all relevant information. The second step is measurement: a tax position that meets the more-
likely-than-not recognition threshold is measured to determine the amount of benefit to recognize in the financial statements. The
tax position is measured as the largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50 percent likely of being realized upon ultimate
settlement. Tax positions that previously failed to meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold should be recognized in the
first subsequent financial reporting period in which that threshold is met. Previously recognized tax positions that no longer meet
the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold should be derecognized in the first subsequent financial reporting period in which
that threshold is no longer met. The Company records interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as a component
of income tax expense.
In the event that all or part of the deferred tax assets are determined not to be realizable in the future, a valuation allowance
would be established and charged to earnings in the period such determination is made. If the Company subsequently realizes
deferred tax assets that were previously determined to be unrealizable, the respective valuation allowance would be reversed,
resulting in a positive adjustment to earnings or a decrease in goodwill in the period such determination is made. The calculation
of tax liabilities involves significant judgment in estimating the impact of uncertainties in the application of complex tax laws.
Resolution of these uncertainties in a manner inconsistent with our expectations could have a material impact on our results of
operations and financial position.
For domestic income tax purposes, the Company recognizes revenue using the cost recovery method with respect to the
Company's debt purchasing business. The Company believes cost recovery to be an acceptable method for companies in the bad
debt purchasing industry. Under the cost recovery method, collections on finance receivables are applied first to principal to reduce
the finance receivables to zero before any income is recognized.
Advertising costs: Advertising costs are expensed when incurred.
Operating leases: General abatements or prepaid leasing costs are recognized on a straight-line basis over the life of the
lease. In addition, future minimum lease payments (including the impact of rent escalations) are expensed on a straight-line basis
over the life of the lease. Material leasehold improvements are capitalized and amortized over the remaining life of the lease.
Share-based compensation: The Company accounts for share-based compensation in accordance with the provisions of
FASB ASC Topic 718 “Compensation-Stock Compensation” (“ASC 718”). ASC 718 requires that compensation expense associated
with share equity awards be recognized in the income statement. Based on historical experience, the Company assumes a forfeiture
rate for most equity share grants. Time-based equity share awards generally vest between one and five years from the grant date
and are expensed on a straight-line basis over the vesting period. Equity share awards that contain a performance metric, are
expensed over the requisite service period, generally three years, in accordance with the performance level achieved at each
reporting period. See Note 10 for additional information.
Use of estimates: The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted
accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and
liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported
amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Significant estimates have been made by management with respect to the timing and amount of future cash collections of
the Company’s finance receivables portfolios. Actual results could differ from these estimates making it reasonably possible that
a change in these estimates could occur within one year. On a quarterly basis, management reviews the estimates of future cash
collections, and whether it is reasonably possible that its assessments of collectibility may change based on actual results and other
factors.
Commitments and contingencies: We are subject to various claims and contingencies related to lawsuits, certain taxes,
and commitments under contractual and other obligations. We recognize liabilities for contingencies and commitments when a
loss is probable and estimable. We expense related legal costs as incurred. For additional information, see Note 14.
Estimated fair value of financial instruments: The Company applies the provision of FASB ASC Topic 820 “Fair Value
Measurements and Disclosures” (“ASC 820”). ASC 820 defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or
paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. ASC 820 also requires
the consideration of differing levels of inputs in the determination of fair values. Based upon the fact there are no quoted prices
in active markets or other observable market data, the Company used unobservable inputs for computation of the fair value of
finance receivables, net for disclosure purposes. Disclosure of the estimated fair values of financial instruments often requires the
use of estimates. See Note 9 for additional information.
73
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Reclassification of prior year presentation: Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified for consistency with the
current period presentation.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements:
In July 2012, the FASB issued ASU 2012-02, “Intangibles-Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Testing Indefinite-Lived
Intangible Assets for Impairment” to amend the accounting guidance on intangible asset impairment testing. The ASU permits
entities to perform an optional qualitative assessment for determining whether it is more likely than not that an indefinite-lived
intangible asset is impaired. The guidance is effective for annual and interim impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning
after September 15, 2012. Early adoption is permitted. The Company adopted ASU 2012-02 in the first quarter of 2013 which had
no material impact on its consolidated financial statements.
In February 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-02, "Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Reporting of Amounts Reclassified
Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income," which requires entities to provide information about the amounts reclassified
out of accumulated other comprehensive income, by component. In addition, entities are required to present, either on the face of
the statement where net income is presented or in the notes, significant amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive
income by the respective line items of net income but only if the amount reclassified is required under U.S. Generally Accepted
Accounting Principles ("U.S. GAAP") to be reclassified to net income in its entirety in the same reporting period. For other amounts
that are not required under U.S. GAAP to be reclassified in their entirety to net income, entities are required to cross-reference to
other disclosures required under U.S. GAAP that provide additional detail on these amounts. The Company adopted ASU 2013-02
in the first quarter of 2013 which had no material impact on its consolidated financial statements.
In March 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-05, "Foreign Currency Matters (Topic 830): Parent's Accounting for the
Cumulative Translation Adjustment upon Derecognition of Certain Subsidiaries or Groups of Assets within a Foreign Entity or of
an Investment in a Foreign Entity," which defines the treatment of the release of cumulative translation adjustments upon
derecognition of certain subsidiaries or groups of assets within a foreign entity or of an investment in a foreign entity. This ASU
is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2013. Early adoption is permitted
and prior periods should not be adjusted. The Company does not expect the adoption of this guidance to have a material impact
on its consolidated financial statements.
2. Finance Receivables, net:
Changes in finance receivables, net for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, were as follows (amounts in thousands):
Balance at beginning of year
Acquisitions of finance receivables, net of buybacks
Foreign currency translation adjustment
Cash collections
Income recognized on finance receivables, net
Cash collections applied to principal
Balance at end of year
2013
2012
$
$
1,078,951
638,616
515
(1,142,437)
663,546
(478,891)
1,239,191
$
$
926,734
529,691
575
(908,684)
530,635
(378,049)
1,078,951
At the time of acquisition, the life of each pool is generally estimated to be between 60 to 96 months based on projected
amounts and timing of future cash collections using the proprietary models of the Company. Based upon current projections, cash
collections applied to principal are estimated to be as follows for the following years ending December 31, (amounts in thousands):
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
$
$
435,573
342,638
256,339
152,954
51,642
45
1,239,191
74
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
During the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company purchased approximately $7.9 billion and $6.2 billion,
respectively, in face value of charged-off consumer receivables. At December 31, 2013, the estimated remaining collections
(“ERC”) on the receivables purchased during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 were $1,006.4 million and $635.8
million, respectively. There were no sales of finance receivables during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012. At
December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company had aggregate net finance receivables balances in pools accounted for under the cost
recovery method of $26.1 million and $4.2 million, respectively.
Accretable yield represents the amount of income recognized on finance receivables the Company can expect to generate
over the remaining life of its existing portfolios based on estimated future cash flows as of the balance sheet date. Additions
represent the original expected accretable yield, on portfolios purchased during the period, to be earned by the Company based
on its proprietary buying models. Net reclassifications from nonaccretable difference to accretable yield primarily result from the
Company’s increase in its estimate of future cash flows. When applicable, net reclassifications to nonaccretable difference from
accretable yield result from the Company’s decrease in its estimates of future cash flows and allowance charges that exceed the
Company’s increase in its estimate of future cash flows. Changes in accretable yield for the years ended December 31, 2013 and
2012 were as follows (amounts in thousands):
Balance at beginning of year
Income recognized on finance receivables, net
Additions
Reclassifications from nonaccretable difference
Foreign currency translation adjustment
Balance at end of year
2013
2012
$
$
1,239,674
(663,546)
560,730
286,840
6,369
1,430,067
$
$
1,026,614
(530,635)
467,524
276,171
(3,436)
1,239,674
A valuation allowance is recorded for significant decreases in expected cash flows or a change in the expected timing of cash
flows which would otherwise require a reduction in the stated yield on a pool of accounts. In any given period, the Company may
be required to record valuation allowances due to pools of receivables underperforming previous expectations. Factors that may
contribute to the recording of valuation allowances may include both internal as well as external factors. External factors which
may have an impact on the collectability, and subsequently on the overall profitability of purchased pools of defaulted consumer
receivables would include: new laws or regulations relating to collections, new interpretations of existing laws or regulations, and
the overall condition of the economy. Internal factors which may have an impact on the collectability, and subsequently the overall
profitability of purchased pools of defaulted consumer receivables would include: necessary revisions to initial and post-acquisition
scoring and modeling estimates, non-optimal operational activities (which relate to the collection and movement of accounts on
both the collection floor of the Company and external channels), as well as decreases in productivity related to turnover and tenure
of the Company’s collection staff. The following is a summary of activity within the Company’s valuation allowance account, all
of which relates to loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality, for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 (amounts
in thousands):
Valuation allowance—finance receivables:
Beginning balance
Allowance charges
Reversal of previous recorded allowance charges
Net allowance (reversal)/charge
Ending balance
Finance receivables, net:
Core
Portfolio (1)
Purchased
Bankruptcy Portfolio (2)
Total
2013
74,500
2,406
(11,280)
(8,874)
65,626
714,896
$
$
$
18,623
7,260
(408)
6,852
25,475
524,295
$
$
$
93,123
9,666
(11,688)
(2,022)
91,101
1,239,191
$
$
$
75
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Valuation allowance—finance receivables:
Beginning balance
Allowance charges
Reversal of previous recorded allowance charges
Net allowance (reversal)/charge
Ending balance
Finance receivables, net:
Valuation allowance—finance receivables:
Beginning balance
Allowance charges
Reversal of previous recorded allowance charges
Net allowance charge
Ending balance
Finance receivables, net:
Core
Portfolio (1)
Purchased
Bankruptcy Portfolio (2)
Total
2012
$
$
$
$
$
$
76,580
4,300
(6,380)
(2,080)
74,500
535,894
$
$
$
9,991
9,120
(488)
8,632
18,623
543,057
Core
Portfolio (1)
Purchased
Bankruptcy Portfolio (2)
2011
70,030
9,650
(3,100)
6,550
76,580
454,161
$
$
$
6,377
4,051
(437)
3,614
9,991
472,573
$
$
$
$
$
$
86,571
13,420
(6,868)
6,552
93,123
1,078,951
Total
76,407
13,701
(3,537)
10,164
86,571
926,734
(1) “Core” accounts or portfolios refer to accounts or portfolios that are defaulted consumer receivables and are not in a
bankrupt status upon purchase. For this table, the Core Portfolio also includes accounts purchased in the United Kingdom.
These accounts are aggregated separately from purchased bankruptcy accounts.
(2) “Purchased bankruptcy” accounts or portfolios refer to accounts or portfolios that are in bankruptcy status when
purchased, and as such, are purchased as a pool of bankrupt accounts.
3. Accounts Receivable, net:
Accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount and do not bear interest. Amounts collected on accounts receivable
are included in net cash provided by operating activities in the consolidated statements of cash flows. The Company maintains an
allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses inherent in its accounts receivable portfolio. In establishing the required
allowance, management considers historical losses adjusted to take into account current market conditions and its customers’
financial condition, the amount of receivables in dispute, the current receivables aging, and current payment patterns. The Company
reviews its allowance for doubtful accounts monthly. Account balances are charged off against the allowance after all means of
collection have been exhausted and the potential for recovery is considered remote. The balance of the allowance for doubtful
accounts at December 31, 2013 and 2012 was $0.7 million and $2.4 million, respectively. The Company does not have any off
balance sheet credit exposure related to its customers.
Changes in the allowance for doubtful accounts for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 were as follows
(amounts in thousands):
Balance at beginning of year
Provision for doubtful accounts
Write-offs
Balance at end of year
2013
2012
2011
2,429
$
22
(1,779)
672
$
2,102
$
1,093
(766)
2,429
$
2,491
81
(470)
2,102
$
$
76
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
4. Operating Leases:
The Company leases office space and equipment under operating leases. Rental expense was $6.0 million, $5.4 million and
$4.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
Future minimum lease payments for operating leases at December 31, 2013, are as follows for the years ending December 31,
(amounts in thousands):
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
Thereafter
Total future minimum lease payments
5. Redeemable Noncontrolling Interest:
$
$
6,302
6,196
5,070
3,973
2,792
4,025
28,358
In accordance with ASC 810, the Company had consolidated all financial statement accounts of CCB in its consolidated
balance sheets and its consolidated income statements. Effective January 31, 2013, the Company purchased one-half of the then
remaining interest in CCB for a purchase price of $1.1 million. The purchase price was derived from the formula stipulated in the
contractual agreement and was based on prior levels of earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization ("EBITDA").
Effective August 31, 2013, the Company exercised its right, subject to a review period ended October 15, 2013, to purchase the
remainder of the noncontrolling interest for a purchase price of approximately $4.5 million. The purchase price was derived from
the formula stipulated in the contractual agreement and was based on prior levels of EBITDA. The closing occurred on October
31, 2013. Accordingly, at December 31, 2013, the Company owns 100% of CCB and the redeeemable noncontrolling interest is
no longer presented on its consolidated balance sheets. At December 31, 2012, the redeemable noncontrolling interest amount is
separately stated on the consolidated balance sheets and represents the 38% interest in CCB not owned by the Company. In
addition, net income attributable to the noncontrolling interest is stated separately in the consolidated income statements for the
first nine months of 2013, and for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011.
The following table illustrates the changes in the redeemable noncontrolling interest for the period from December 31, 2011
to December 31, 2013 (amounts in thousands):
Redeemable noncontrolling interest at December 31, 2011
Net income attributable to redeemable noncontrolling interest
Distributions paid or payable
Adjustment of the redeemable noncontrolling interest measurement amount
Redeemable noncontrolling interest at December 31, 2012
Net loss attributable to redeemable noncontrolling interest
Distributions paid or payable
Purchase of noncontrolling interest
Adjustment of the redeemable noncontrolling interest measurement amount
Redeemable noncontrolling interest at December 31, 2013
6. Goodwill and Intangible Assets, net:
$
$
17,831
(494)
(261)
3,597
20,673
1,605
(1,814)
(20,648)
184
—
In connection with the Company’s previous business acquisitions, the Company acquired certain tangible and intangible
assets. Intangible assets purchased included client and customer relationships, non-compete agreements, trademarks and goodwill.
Pursuant to ASC 350, goodwill is not amortized but rather is reviewed at least annually for impairment. During the three months
ended September 30, 2013, the Company evaluated the goodwill associated with one of its reporting units, which had experienced
a revenue and profitability decline, recent net losses, and the loss of a significant client during the quarter. In its evaluation, the
Company used a present value calculation of future cash flows and earnings to determine the fair value of the reporting unit. Based
77
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
on this evaluation, the Company recorded a $6.4 million impairment of goodwill in the third quarter of 2013. This non-cash charge
represents the full amount of goodwill previously recorded for the Company’s subsidiary PRA Location Services, LLC ("PLS").
All other intangible assets related to PLS were fully amortized as of September 30, 2013. Prior to 2013, the Company had not
previously recorded any impairment charges related to its goodwill or intangible assets. During the fourth quarter of 2013, the
Company underwent its annual review of goodwill. Based upon the results of this review, which was conducted as of October 1,
2013, no impairment charges to goodwill or the other intangible assets were necessary as of the date of this review. The Company
believes that nothing has occurred since the review was performed through December 31, 2013 that would indicate a triggering
event and thereby necessitate further evaluation of goodwill or other intangible assets. The Company expects to perform its next
annual goodwill review during the fourth quarter of 2014. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the carrying value of goodwill was
$103.8 million and $109.5 million, respectively. The following table represents the changes in goodwill for the years ended
December 31, 2013 and 2012:
Balance at beginning of year
Acquisitions of PRA UK and NCM
Impairment of goodwill
Foreign currency translation adjustment
Balance at end of year
2013
2012
$
$
109,488
$
—
(6,397)
752
103,843
$
61,678
45,494
—
2,316
109,488
Goodwill recognized from the acquisitions of PRA UK and NCM represents, among other things, an established workforce,
the future economic benefits arising from expected synergies and expanded geographical diversity. The acquired goodwill is
generally deductible for U.S. income tax purposes.
Intangible assets, excluding goodwill, consist of the following at December 31, 2013 and 2012 (amounts in thousands):
Client and customer relationships
Non-compete agreements
Trademarks
Total
2013
2012
Gross
Amount
40,870
3,880
3,491
48,241
$
$
Accumulated
Amortization
26,581
$
3,723
2,170
32,474
$
$
$
Gross
Amount
40,698
3,880
3,477
48,055
Accumulated
Amortization
22,516
$
3,581
1,594
27,691
$
In accordance with ASC 350, the Company is amortizing the intangible assets over the estimated useful lives. Total
amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $4.7 million, $5.9 million and $4.9 million,
respectively. The Company reviews these intangible assets upon the occurrence of a triggering event.
The future amortization of these intangible assets is estimated to be as follows as of December 31, 2013 for the following
years ending December 31, (amounts in thousands):
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
Thereafter
$
$
4,170
3,096
2,432
1,531
1,115
3,423
15,767
78
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
7. Borrowings:
The Company's borrowings consisted of the following as of the dates indicated (in thousands):
Line of credit, revolver
Line of credit, term loan
Equipment loan
Convertible notes
Less: Debt discount
Total
Revolving Credit and Term Loan Facility
December 31,
2013
December 31,
2012
$
$
— $
195,000
—
287,500
(30,720)
451,780
$
127,000
200,000
542
—
—
327,542
On December 19, 2012, the Company entered into a credit agreement with Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent,
and a syndicate of lenders named therein (the “Credit Agreement”). On August 6, 2013, the Company entered into a First Amendment
(the “First Amendment”) to the Credit Agreement. The First Amendment amended and restated certain provisions to clarify the
permitted indebtedness basket for the issuance of senior, unsecured convertible notes in an aggregate amount not to exceed
$300,000,000. On August 21, 2013, the Company entered into a Lender Joinder Agreement and Lender Commitment Agreement,
and Consented to a Master Assignment and Assumption (collectively, the “Loan Modification Agreements”), which together
modified the Credit Agreement. The Loan Modification Agreements, among other things, increased by $35.5 million the amount
of revolving credit availability under the Credit Agreement. Under the terms of the Credit Agreement as amended and modified,
the credit facility includes an aggregate principal amount available of $630.5 million (subject to the borrowing base and applicable
debt covenants) which consists of a $195.0 million floating rate term loan that amortizes and matures on December 19, 2017 and
a $435.5 million revolving credit facility that matures on December 19, 2017. The term and revolving loans accrue interest, at the
option of the Company, at either the base rate or the Eurodollar rate (as defined in the Credit Agreement) for the applicable term
plus 2.50% per annum in the case of the Eurodollar rate loans and 1.50% in the case of the base rate loans. The base rate is the
highest of (a) the Federal Funds Rate (as defined in the Credit Agreement) plus 0.50%, (b) Bank of America’s prime rate, and
(c) the Eurodollar rate plus 1.00%. The Company’s revolving credit facility includes a $20 million swingline loan sublimit, a $20
million letter of credit sublimit and a $20 million alternative currency equivalent sublimit. The credit facility contains an accordion
loan feature that allows the Company to request an increase of up to $214.5 million in the amount available for borrowing under
the facility, whether from existing or new lenders, subject to terms of the Credit Agreement. No existing lender is obligated to
increase its commitment. The Credit Agreement is secured by a first priority lien on substantially all of the Company’s assets. The
Credit Agreement contains restrictive covenants and events of default including the following:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
borrowings may not exceed 30% of the ERC of all its eligible asset pools plus eligible asset pools subject to certain
conditions as defined in the agreement and 75% of its eligible accounts receivable;
the consolidated leverage ratio (as defined in the Credit Agreement) cannot exceed 2.0 to 1.0 as of the end of any fiscal
quarter;
consolidated tangible net worth (as defined in the Credit Agreement) must equal or exceed $455,091,200 plus 50% of
positive cumulative consolidated net income for each fiscal quarter beginning with the quarter ended December 31, 2012,
plus 50% of the cumulative net proceeds of any equity offering;
capital expenditures during any fiscal year cannot exceed $30 million;
cash dividends and distributions during any fiscal year cannot exceed $20 million;
stock repurchases during the term of the agreement cannot exceed $250 million and cannot exceed $100 million in a
single fiscal year;
permitted acquisitions (as defined in the Credit Agreement) during any fiscal year cannot exceed $250 million;
the Company must maintain positive consolidated income from operations (as defined in the Credit Agreement) during
any fiscal quarter; and
restrictions on changes in control.
The revolving credit facility also bears an unused line fee of 0.375% per annum, payable quarterly in arrears.
The Company's borrowings outstanding on its credit facility at December 31, 2013 consisted of $195.0 million outstanding
on the term loan with an annual interest rate as of December 31, 2013 of 2.67%. At December 31, 2012, the Company's borrowings
on its credit facility consisted of $122.0 million in 30-day Eurodollar rate loans and $5.0 million in base rate loans with a weighted
79
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
average interest rate of 2.74%. In addition, the Company had $200.0 million outstanding on the term loan at December 31, 2012
with an annual interest rate as of December 31, 2012 of 2.71%.
Equipment Loan
On December 15, 2010, the Company entered into a commercial loan agreement to finance computer software and equipment
purchases in the amount of approximately $1.6 million. The loan was collateralized by the related computer software and equipment.
The loan term was 3 years with a fixed rate of 3.69% with monthly installments, including interest, of $46,108 beginning on
January 15, 2011, and it matured on December 15, 2013. The balance of the equipment loan at December 31, 2013 and 2012 was
$0.0 million and $0.5 million, respectively.
Convertible Senior Notes
On August 13, 2013, the Company completed the private offering of $287.5 million in aggregate principal amount of the
Company’s 3.00% Convertible Senior Notes due 2020 (the “Notes”). The Notes were issued pursuant to an Indenture, dated
August 13, 2013 (the "Indenture") between the Company and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee. The Indenture
contains customary terms and covenants, including certain events of default after which the Notes may be due and payable
immediately. The Notes are senior unsecured obligations of the Company. Interest on the Notes is payable semi-annually, in
arrears, on February 1 and August 1 of each year, beginning on February 1, 2014. Prior to February 1, 2020, the Notes will be
convertible only upon the occurrence of specified events. On or after February 1, 2020, the Notes will be convertible at any time.
Upon conversion, the Notes may be settled, at the Company’s option, in cash, shares of the Company’s common stock, or any
combination thereof. Holders of the Notes have the right to require the Company to repurchase all or some of their Notes at 100%
of their principal amount, plus any accrued and unpaid interest, upon the occurrence of a fundamental change (as defined in the
Indenture). In addition, upon the occurrence of a make-whole fundamental change (as defined in the Indenture), the Company
may, under certain circumstances, be required to increase the conversion rate for the Notes converted in connection with such a
make-whole fundamental change. The conversion rate for the Notes is initially 15.2172 shares per $1,000 principal amount of
Notes, which is equivalent to an initial conversion price of approximately $65.72 per share of the Company’s common stock, and
is subject to adjustment in certain circumstances pursuant to the Indenture. The Company does not have the right to redeem the
Notes prior to maturity. As of December 31, 2013, none of the conditions allowing holders of the Notes to convert their Notes had
occurred.
As noted above, upon conversion, holders of the Notes will receive cash, shares of the Company’s common stock or a
combination of cash and shares of the Company’s common stock, at the Company’s election. However, the Company’s current
intent is to settle conversions through combination settlement (i.e., the Notes will be converted into cash up to the aggregate
principal amount, and shares of the Company’s common stock or a combination of cash and shares of the Company’s common
stock, at the Company’s election, for the remainder). As a result and in accordance with authoritative guidance related to derivatives
and hedging and earnings per share, only the conversion spread is included in the diluted earnings per share calculation, if dilutive.
Under such method, the settlement of the conversion spread has a dilutive effect when the average share price of the Company’s
common stock during any quarter exceeds $65.72.
The net proceeds from the sale of the Notes were approximately $279.3 million, after deducting the initial purchasers’
discounts and commissions and the estimated offering expenses payable by the Company. The Company used $174.0 million of
the net proceeds from this offering to repay the outstanding balance on its revolving credit facility and used $50.0 million to
repurchase shares of its common stock.
The Company determined that the fair value of the Notes at the date of issuance was approximately $255.3 million, and
designated the residual value of approximately $32.2 million as the equity component. Additionally, the Company allocated
approximately $7.3 million of the $8.2 million original Notes issuance cost as debt issuance cost and the remaining $0.9 million
as equity issuance cost.
ASC 470-20, Debt with Conversion and Other Options (“ASC 470-20”), requires that, for convertible debt instruments that
may be settled fully or partially in cash upon conversion, issuers must separately account for the liability and equity components
in a manner that will reflect the entity’s nonconvertible debt borrowing rate when interest cost is recognized in subsequent periods.
Additionally, debt issuance costs are required to be allocated in proportion to the allocation of the liability and equity components
and accounted for as debt issuance costs and equity issuance costs, respectively.
80
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
The balances of the liability and equity components of all of the Notes outstanding were as follows as of the dates indicated
(in thousands):
Liability component - principal amount
Unamortized debt discount
Liability component - net carrying amount
Equity component
December 31,
2013
December 31,
2012
$
$
$
287,500
(30,720)
256,780
31,306
$
—
—
—
—
The debt discount is amortized into interest expense over the remaining life of the Notes using the effective interest rate,
which is 4.92%.
Interest expense related to the Notes was as follows for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 (in thousands):
Years Ended December 31,
2013
2012
Interest expense - stated coupon rate
Interest expense - amortization of debt
discount
Total interest expense - convertible notes
$
$
3,306
$
1,508
4,814
$
—
—
—
The Company was in compliance with all covenants under its financing arrangements as of December 31, 2013 and 2012.
The following principal payments are due on the Company's borrowings at December 31, 2013 for the years ending December
31, (amounts in thousands):
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
Thereafter
Total
$
10,000
15,000
20,000
150,000
—
287,500
$ 482,500
8. Property and Equipment, net:
Property and equipment, at cost, consist of the following as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 (amounts in thousands):
Software
Computer equipment
Furniture and fixtures
Equipment
Leasehold improvements
Building and improvements
Land
Accumulated depreciation and amortization
Property and equipment, net
2013
2012
$
$
34,108
17,072
8,616
10,351
11,147
7,026
1,269
(58,048)
31,541
$
$
29,467
14,129
7,220
8,674
7,231
7,014
1,269
(49,692)
25,312
Depreciation and amortization expense relating to property and equipment for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012
and 2011 was $9.7 million, $8.7 million and $8.1 million, respectively.
81
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
The Company, in accordance with the guidance of FASB ASC Topic 350-40 “Internal-Use Software” (“ASC 350-40”),
capitalizes qualifying computer software costs incurred during the application development stage and amortizes them over their
estimated useful life on a straight-line basis beginning when the project is completed. Costs associated with preliminary project
stage activities, training, maintenance and all other post implementation stage activities are expensed as incurred. The Company’s
policy provides for the capitalization of certain direct payroll costs for employees who are directly associated with internal use
computer software projects, as well as external direct costs of services associated with developing or obtaining internal use
software. Capitalizable personnel costs are limited to the time directly spent on such projects. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012,
the Company has incurred and capitalized $10.3 million and $7.8 million, respectively, of these direct payroll costs related to
software developed for internal use. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, $1.7 million and $1.3 million of these costs are for
projects that are in the development stage and therefore are a component of “Other assets.” Once the projects are completed, the
costs will be transferred to Software and amortized over their estimated useful life of three to seven years. Amortization expense
relating to this internally developed software as of and for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 were $1.5 million and
$1.2 million, respectively. Remaining unamortized costs relating to this internally developed software as of and for the years ended
December 31, 2013 and 2012 were $4.4 million and $3.9 million, respectively.
9. Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures:
In accordance with the disclosure requirements of FASB ASC Topic 825, “Financial Instruments” (“ASC 825”), the table
below summarizes fair value estimates for the Company’s financial instruments. The total of the fair value calculations presented
does not represent, and should not be construed to represent, the underlying value of the Company. The carrying amounts in the
table are recorded in the consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2013 and 2012, under the indicated captions (amounts in
thousands):
Financial assets:
Cash and cash equivalents
Finance receivables, net
Financial liabilities:
Revolving credit
Long-term debt
Convertible debt
2013
2012
Carrying
Amount
Estimated
Fair Value
Carrying
Amount
Estimated
Fair Value
$
$
162,004
1,239,191
$
162,004
1,722,100
$
32,687
1,078,951
— $
— $
195,000
256,780
195,000
316,857
127,000
200,542
—
$
$
32,687
1,776,049
127,000
200,542
—
As of December 31, 2013, and 2012, the Company did not account for any financial assets or financial liabilities at fair value.
As defined by FASB ASC Topic 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures” (“ASC 820”), fair value is the price that would
be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement
date. ASC 820 also requires the consideration of differing levels of inputs in the determination of fair values. Those levels of
input are summarized as follows:
•
•
•
Level 1 - Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities.
Level 2 - Observable inputs other than level 1 quoted prices, such as quoted prices for similar instruments in
active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active, and model-based
valuation techniques for which all significant assumptions are observable in the market.
Level 3 - Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity. Level 3 assets and liabilities
include financial instruments whose value is determined using pricing models, discounted cash flow
methodologies, or similar techniques as well as instruments for which the determination of fair value requires
significant management judgment or estimation.
The level in the fair value hierarchy within which a fair value measurement in its entirety falls is based on the lowest level
input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety.
Disclosure of the estimated fair values of financial instruments often requires the use of estimates. The Company uses the
following methods and assumptions to estimate the fair value of financial instruments:
82
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Cash and cash equivalents: The carrying amount approximates fair value and quoted prices for identical assets can be
found in active markets. Accordingly, the Company estimates the fair value of cash and cash equivalents using level 1 inputs.
Finance receivables, net: The Company records purchased receivables at cost, which represents a significant discount from
the contractual receivable balances due. The Company computed the estimated fair value of these receivables using proprietary
pricing models that the Company utilizes to make portfolio purchase decisions. Accordingly, the Company's fair value estimates
use level 3 inputs as there is little observable market data available and management is required to use significant judgment in its
estimates.
Revolving credit: The carrying amount approximates fair value due to the short-term nature of the interest rate periods and
the observable quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets. Accordingly, the Company uses level 2 inputs for its fair
value estimates.
Long-term debt: The carrying amount approximates fair value due to the short-term nature of the interest rate periods and
the observable quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets. Accordingly, the Company uses level 2 inputs for its fair
value estimates.
Convertible debt: The Notes are carried at historical cost, adjusted for debt discount. The fair value estimate for these Notes
incorporates quoted market prices which were obtained from secondary market broker quotes which were derived from a variety
of inputs including client orders, information from their pricing vendors, modeling software, and actual trading prices when they
occur. Accordingly, the Company uses level 2 inputs for its fair value estimates.
10. Share-Based Compensation:
The Company has an Omnibus Incentive Plan to assist the Company in attracting and retaining selected individuals to serve
as employees and directors, who are expected to contribute to the Company's success and to achieve long-term objectives that
will benefit stockholders of the Company. The 2013 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) was approved by the Company's
stockholders at the 2013 Annual Meeting. The Plan enables the Company to award shares of the Company's common stock to
select employees and directors, as described in the Plan, not to exceed 5,400,000 shares as authorized by the Plan. The Plan
replaced the 2010 Stock Plan.
As of December 31, 2013, total future compensation costs related to nonvested awards of nonvested shares (not including
nonvested shares granted under the Long-Term Incentive Program (“LTI”)) is estimated to be $4.0 million with a weighted average
remaining life for all nonvested shares of 1.5 years (not including nonvested shares granted under the LTI program). As of
December 31, 2013, there are no future compensation costs related to stock options and there are no remaining vested stock options
to be exercised. Grants made to key employees and directors of the Company were assumed to have no forfeiture rates associated
with them due to the historically low turnover among this group.
Total share-based compensation expense was $12.3 million, $11.3 million and $7.8 million for the years ended December 31,
2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Tax benefits resulting from tax deductions in excess of share-based compensation expense
(windfall tax benefits) recognized under the provisions of ASC 718 are credited to additional paid-in capital in the Company's
Consolidated Balance Sheets. Realized tax shortfalls, if any, are first offset against the cumulative balance of windfall tax benefits,
if any, and then charged directly to income tax expense. The total tax benefit realized from share-based compensation was
approximately $8.2 million, $4.7 million and $2.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
All share amounts presented in this Note 10 have been adjusted to reflect the three-for-one stock split by means of a stock
dividend declared by the Company's board of directors on June 10, 2013.
Nonvested Shares
With the exception of the awards made pursuant to the LTI program and a few employee and director grants the nonvested
shares vest ratably generally over three to five years and are expensed over their vesting period.
83
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
The following summarizes all nonvested share transactions, excluding those related to the LTI program, from December 31,
2010 through December 31, 2013 (amounts in thousands, except per share amounts):
December 31, 2010
Granted
Vested
Cancelled
December 31, 2011
Granted
Vested
Cancelled
December 31, 2012
Granted
Vested
Cancelled
December 31, 2013
Nonvested Shares
Outstanding
Weighted-Average
Price at Grant Date
273
144
(159)
(15)
243
159
(102)
(12)
288
110
(143)
(29)
226
$
$
15.96
25.53
18.66
16.78
19.77
22.00
19.79
23.31
20.84
37.31
19.75
20.57
29.58
The total grant date fair value of shares vested during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, was $2.8 million,
$2.0 million and $3.0 million, respectively.
Long-Term Incentive Program
Pursuant to the Plan, the Compensation Committee may grant time-vested and performance based nonvested shares. All
shares granted under the LTI program were granted to key employees of the Company. The following summarizes all LTI share
transactions from December 31, 2010 through December 31, 2013 (amounts in thousands, except per share amounts):
December 31, 2010
Granted at target level
Adjustments for actual performance
Vested
Cancelled
December 31, 2011
Granted at target level
Adjustments for actual performance
Vested
Cancelled
December 31, 2012
Granted at target level
Adjustments for actual performance
Vested
Cancelled
December 31, 2013
Nonvested LTI Shares
Outstanding
Weighted-Average
Price at Grant Date
366
222
45
(48)
(37)
548
198
120
(354)
(15)
497
124
108
(279)
(16)
434
$
$
11.68
25.17
16.24
16.24
13.18
17.01
20.73
18.00
12.58
22.55
21.71
34.59
17.91
19.10
25.01
25.79
The total grant date fair value of shares vested during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, was $5.3 million,
$4.5 million and $0.8 million, respectively.
84
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
At December 31, 2013, total future compensation costs, assuming the current estimated performance levels are achieved,
related to nonvested share awards granted under the LTI program are estimated to be approximately $6.5 million. The Company
assumed a 7.5% forfeiture rate for these grants and the remaining shares have a weighted average life of 1.4 years at December 31,
2013.
11. Earnings per Share:
Basic earnings per share (“EPS”) are computed by dividing net income available to common shareholders of Portfolio
Recovery Associates, Inc. by weighted average common shares outstanding. Diluted EPS are computed using the same components
as basic EPS with the denominator adjusted for the dilutive effect of the Notes and nonvested share awards, if dilutive. For the
Notes, only the conversion spread is included in the diluted earnings per share calculation, if dilutive. Under such method, the
settlement of the conversion spread has a dilutive effect when the average share price of the Company’s common stock during
any quarter exceeds $65.72, which did not occur during the period from which the Notes were issued on August 13, 2013 through
December 31, 2013. The Notes were not outstanding during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011. Share-based awards
that are contingent upon the attainment of performance goals are not included in the computation of diluted EPS until the
performance goals have been attained. The dilutive effect of nonvested shares is computed using the treasury stock method, which
assumes any proceeds that could be obtained upon the vesting of nonvested shares would be used to purchase common shares at
the average market price for the period. The assumed proceeds include the windfall tax benefit that would be received upon
assumed exercise. The following table provides a reconciliation between the computation of basic EPS and diluted EPS for the
years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 (amounts in thousands, except per share amounts):
Net Income
attributable
to Portfolio
Recovery
Associates,
Inc.
$ 175,314
2013
Weighted
Average
Common
Shares
EPS
50,366
$
3.48
Net Income
attributable
to Portfolio
Recovery
Associates,
Inc.
$126,593
2012
Weighted
Average
Common
Shares
EPS
50,991
$
2.48
Net Income
attributable
to Portfolio
Recovery
Associates,
Inc.
$100,791
2011
Weighted
Average
Common
Shares
EPS
51,330
$
1.96
507
378
360
Basic EPS
Dilutive effect of
nonvested share
awards
Diluted EPS
$ 175,314
50,873
$
3.45
$126,593
51,369
$
2.46
$100,791
51,690
$
1.95
There were no antidilutive options outstanding as of December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.
12. Stockholders’ Equity:
On February 2, 2012, the Company's board of directors authorized a share repurchase program to purchase up to $100.0
million of the Company's outstanding shares of common stock on the open market. During the year ended December 31, 2013,
the Company repurchased 1,203,412 shares of its common stock at an average price of $48.62 per share. During the year ended
December 31, 2012, the Company repurchased 994,347 shares of its common stock at an average price of $22.85 per share. At
December 31, 2013, the maximum remaining purchase price for share repurchases under the plan is approximately $18.8 million.
13. Income Taxes:
The Company records an income tax provision for the anticipated tax consequences of the reported results of operations. In
accordance with ASC 740, the provision for income taxes is computed using the asset and liability method, under which deferred
tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the financial
reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities, and for operating losses and tax credit carry-forwards. Deferred tax assets and
liabilities are measured using the currently enacted tax rates that apply to taxable income in effect for the years in which those tax
assets and liabilities are expected to be realized or settled.
85
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
The income tax expense recognized for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 is comprised of the following
(amounts in thousands):
For the year ended December 31, 2013:
Current tax expense
Deferred tax expense/(benefit)
Total income tax expense/(benefit)
For the year ended December 31, 2012:
Current tax expense/(benefit)
Deferred tax (benefit)/expense
Total income tax expense/(benefit)
For the year ended December 31, 2011:
Current tax expense
Deferred tax expense
Total income tax expense
Federal
State
Foreign
Total
$
$
$
$
$
$
82,163
13,321
95,484
76,067
(8,837)
67,230
31,185
24,054
55,239
$
$
$
$
$
$
12,163
(550)
11,613
14,051
(278)
13,773
6,207
4,873
11,080
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
833
(1,784)
(951) $
95,159
10,987
106,146
(563) $
494
(69) $
— $
—
— $
89,555
(8,621)
80,934
37,392
28,927
66,319
The Company has recognized a net deferred tax liability of $208.7 million and $185.3 million as of December 31, 2013 and
2012, respectively. The components of the net deferred tax liability are as follows (amounts in thousands):
Deferred tax assets:
2013
2012
Employee compensation
Allowance for doubtful accounts
State tax credit carryforward
Other
Accrued liabilities
Guaranteed payments
Intangible assets and goodwill
Leases
Acquisition costs
Total deferred tax assets
Deferred tax liabilities:
Depreciation expense
Intangible assets and goodwill
Prepaid expenses
Convertible debt
Other
Use of cost recovery for income tax purposes
Total deferred tax liability
Net deferred tax liability
$
$
9,365
236
879
240
4,642
890
930
531
687
18,400
4,250
—
1,604
11,931
—
209,325
227,110
208,710
$
$
5,179
906
644
—
3,060
734
—
448
704
11,675
3,364
1,669
1,231
—
554
190,134
196,952
185,277
The Company believes it is more likely than not that the results of future operations will generate sufficient taxable income
to realize the deferred tax assets.
86
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
A reconciliation of the Company’s expected tax expense at the statutory federal tax rate to actual tax expense for the years
ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 is as follows (amounts in thousands):
Expected tax expense at statutory federal rates
State tax expense, net of federal tax benefit
Other
Total income tax expense
2013
2012
2011
$
$
99,073
7,548
(475)
106,146
$
$
72,462
8,546
(74)
80,934
$
$
58,612
7,379
328
66,319
The guidance of ASC 740 prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition
and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. It also provides guidance on derecognition,
classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition. The evaluation of a tax position in
accordance with the guidance is a two-step process. The first step is recognition: the enterprise determines whether it is more likely
than not that a tax position will be sustained upon examination, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes,
based on the technical merits of the position. In evaluating whether a tax position has met the more-likely-than-not recognition
threshold, the enterprise should presume that the position will be examined by the appropriate taxing authority that would have
full knowledge of all relevant information. The second step is measurement: a tax position that meets the more likely than not
recognition threshold is measured to determine the amount of benefit to recognize in the financial statements. The tax position is
measured as the largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50 percent likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. Tax
positions that previously failed to meet the more likely than not recognition threshold should be recognized in the first subsequent
financial reporting period in which that threshold is met. Previously recognized tax positions that no longer meet the more likely
than not recognition threshold should be derecognized in the first subsequent financial reporting period in which that threshold is
no longer met. There were no unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2013 and 2012. ASC 740 requires the recognition
of interest, if the tax law would require interest to be paid on the underpayment of taxes, and recognition of penalties, if a tax
position does not meet the minimum statutory threshold to avoid payment of penalties. No interest or penalties were accrued at
December 31, 2013 or 2012.
A valuation allowance for deferred tax assets has not been provided at December 31, 2013 or 2012 since management believes
it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will be realized. In the event that all or part of the deferred tax assets are
determined not to be realizable in the future, an adjustment to the valuation allowance would be charged to earnings in the period
such determination is made. Similarly, if the Company subsequently realizes deferred tax assets that were previously determined
to be unrealizable, the respective valuation allowance would be reversed, resulting in a positive adjustment to earnings in the period
such determination is made. In addition, the calculation of tax liabilities involves significant judgment in estimating the impact of
uncertainties in the application of complex tax laws. Resolution of these uncertainties in a manner inconsistent with management’s
expectations could have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations and financial position. At December 31, 2013,
the Company had state income tax credit carryforwards of approximately $0.9 million which will begin to expire starting in the
year ending December 31, 2021.
The Internal Revenue Service (IRS) examined the Company's tax returns for the 2005 calendar year. The IRS concluded the
audit and on March 19, 2009 issued Form 4549-A, Income Tax Examination Changes, for tax years ended December 31, 2007,
2006 and 2005. The IRS has asserted that tax revenue recognition using the cost recovery method does not clearly reflect taxable
income, and that unused line fees paid on credit facilities should be capitalized and amortized rather than taken as a current
deduction. The Company believes it has sufficient support for the technical merits of its positions and that it is more likely than
not these positions will ultimately be sustained; therefore, a reserve for uncertain tax positions is not required. The Company
believes cost recovery to be an acceptable tax revenue recognition method for companies in the bad debt purchasing industry. For
tax purposes, collections on finance receivables are applied first to principal to reduce the finance receivables to zero before any
taxable income is recognized. On April 22, 2009, the Company filed a formal protest of the findings contained in the examination
report prepared by the IRS. On August 26, 2011, the IRS issued a Notice of Deficiency for the tax years ended December 31, 2007,
2006, and 2005. The Company subsequently filed a petition in the United States Tax Court to which the IRS responded on January
12, 2012. If the Company is unsuccessful in the United States Tax Court, it can appeal to the federal Circuit Court of
Appeals. Payment of the assessed taxes and interest could have an adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition, be material
to the Company’s results of operations, and possibly require additional financing from other sources. In accordance with the Internal
Revenue Code, underpayments of federal tax accrue interest, compounded daily, at the applicable federal short term rate plus three
percentage points. An additional two percentage points applies to large corporate underpayments of $100,000 or more to periods
after the applicable date as defined in the Internal Revenue Code. The Company files taxes in multiple state jurisdictions; therefore,
any underpayment of state tax will accrue interest in accordance with the respective state statute. On June 30, 2011, the Company
was notified by the IRS that the audit period will be expanded to include the tax years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008.
87
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
At December 31, 2013, the tax years subject to examination by the major taxing jurisdictions, including the IRS, are 2003,
2005 and subsequent years. The 2003 tax year remains open to examination because of a net operating loss that originated in that
year but was not fully utilized until the 2005 tax year. The examination periods for the 2007, 2006 and 2005 tax years were extended
through December 31, 2011; however, because the IRS issued the Notice of Deficiency prior to December 31, 2011, the period
for assessment is suspended until a decision of the Tax Court becomes final. The statute of limitations for the 2010, 2009 and
2008 tax years has been extended to September 26, 2014.
As of December 31, 2013, the cumulative unremitted earnings of the Company's foreign subsidiaries are approximately
zero. There were no repatriations of unremitted earnings during 2013. The Company intends for predominantly all foreign earnings
to be indefinitely reinvested in its foreign operations and, therefore, the recording of deferred tax liabilities for such unremitted
earnings is not required. It is impracticable to determine the total amount of unrecognized deferred taxes with respect to these
permanently reinvested earnings; however, foreign tax credits would be available to partially reduce U.S. income taxes in the event
of a distribution.
14. Commitments and Contingencies:
Employment Agreements:
The Company has employment agreements, most of which expire on December 31, 2014, with all of its executive officers
and with several members of its senior management group. Such agreements provide for base salary payments as well as bonuses
which are based on the attainment of specific management goals. As of December 31, 2013, estimated future compensation under
these agreements is approximately $16.0 million. The agreements also contain confidentiality and non-compete provisions.
Leases:
The Company is party to various operating leases with respect to its facilities and equipment. The future minimum lease
payments at December 31, 2013 are approximately $28.4 million.
Litigation:
The Company is from time to time subject to routine legal claims and proceedings, most of which are incidental to the
ordinary course of its business. The Company initiates lawsuits against customers and is occasionally countersued by them in such
actions. Also, customers, either individually, as members of a class action, or through a governmental entity on behalf of customers,
may initiate litigation against the Company in which they allege that the Company has violated a state or federal law in the process
of collecting on an account. From time to time, other types of lawsuits are brought against the Company. Additionally, the Company
receives subpoenas and other requests or demands for information from regulators or governmental authorities who are investigating
the Company's debt collection activities. The Company makes every effort to respond appropriately to such requests.
The Company accrues for potential liability arising from legal proceedings when it is probable that such liability has been
incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. This determination is based upon currently available information
for those proceedings in which the Company is involved, taking into account the Company's best estimate of such losses for those
cases for which such estimates can be made. The Company's estimate involves significant judgment, given the varying stages of
the proceedings (including the fact that many of them are currently in preliminary stages), the number of unresolved issues in
many of the proceedings (including issues regarding class certification and the scope of many of the claims), and the related
uncertainty of the potential outcomes of these proceedings. In making determinations of the likely outcome of pending litigation,
the Company considers many factors, including, but not limited to, the nature of the claims, the Company's experience with similar
types of claims, the jurisdiction in which the matter is filed, input from outside legal counsel, the likelihood of resolving the matter
through alternative mechanisms, the matter's current status and the damages sought or demands made. Accordingly, the Company's
estimate will change from time to time, and actual losses could be more than the current estimate.
Subject to the inherent uncertainties involved in such proceedings, the Company believes, based upon its current knowledge
and after consultation with counsel, that the legal proceedings currently pending against it, including those that fall outside of the
Company's routine legal proceedings, should not, either individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse impact on the
Company's financial condition. However, it is possible in light of the uncertainties involved in such proceedings or due to
unexpected future developments, that an unfavorable resolution of a legal proceeding or claim could occur which may be material
to the Company's financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows for a particular period.
Excluding the matters described below and other putative class action suits which the Company believes are not material,
the high end of the range of potential litigation losses in excess of the amount accrued is estimated by management to be less than
88
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
$1,000,000 as of December 31, 2013. Notwithstanding our attempt to estimate a range of possible losses in excess of the amount
accrued based on current information, actual future losses may exceed both the Company's accrual and the range of potential
litigation losses disclosed above.
In certain legal proceedings, the Company may have recourse to insurance or third party contractual indemnities to cover
all or portions of its litigation expenses, judgments, or settlements. Loss estimates and accruals for potential liability related to
legal proceedings are exclusive of potential recoveries, if any, under the Company's insurance policies or third party indemnities.
The Company has not recorded any potential recoveries under the Company's insurance policies or third party indemnities.
The matters described below fall outside of the normal parameters of the Company’s routine legal proceedings.
Telephone Consumer Protection Act Litigation
The Company has been named as defendant in a number of putative class action cases, each alleging that the Company
violated the Telephone Consumer Protection Act ("TCPA") by calling consumers' cellular telephones without their prior express
consent. On December 21, 2011, the United States Judicial Panel on Multi-District Litigation entered an order transferring these
matters into one consolidated proceeding in the United States District Court for the Southern District of California. On November
14, 2012, the putative class plaintiffs filed their amended consolidated complaint in the matter, now styled as In re Portfolio
Recovery Associates, LLC Telephone Consumer Protection Act Litigation, case No. 11-md-02295 (the “MDL action”). The
Company has filed a motion to stay this litigation until such time as the FCC has ruled on various petitions concerning the TCPA.
Internal Revenue Service Audit
The IRS examined the Company's tax returns for the 2005 calendar year. The IRS concluded the audit and on March 19, 2009
issued Form 4549-A, Income Tax Examination Changes, for tax years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005. The IRS has
asserted that tax revenue recognition using the cost recovery method does not clearly reflect taxable income, and that unused line
fees paid on credit facilities should be capitalized and amortized rather than taken as a current deduction. The Company believes
it has sufficient support for the technical merits of its positions and that it is more likely than not these positions will ultimately
be sustained; therefore, a reserve for uncertain tax positions is not required. On April 22, 2009, the Company filed a formal protest
of the findings contained in the examination report prepared by the IRS. On August 26, 2011, the IRS issued a Notice of Deficiency
for the tax years ended December 31, 2007, 2006, and 2005. The Company subsequently filed a petition in the United States Tax
Court to which the IRS responded on January 12, 2012. If the Company is unsuccessful in the United States Tax Court, it can
appeal to the federal Circuit Court of Appeals. Refer to Note 13 “Income Taxes” for additional information.
Forward Flow Agreements:
The Company is party to several forward flow agreements that allow for the purchase of defaulted consumer receivables at
pre-established prices. The maximum remaining amount to be purchased under forward flow agreements at December 31, 2013
is approximately $90.0 million.
Contingent Purchase Price:
The asset purchase agreement entered into in connection with the acquisition of certain finance receivables and certain
operating assets of National Capital Management, LLC ("NCM") in 2012, includes an earn-out provision whereby the sellers are
able to earn additional cash consideration for achieving certain cash collection thresholds over a five year period. The maximum
amount of earn-out during the period is $15.0 million. The Company paid the year one earn-out during December 2013 in the
amount of $6.2 million. As of December 31, 2013, the Company has recorded a present value amount for the expected remaining
liability of $4.9 million.
Finance Receivables:
Certain agreements for the purchase of finance receivables portfolios contain provisions that may, in limited circumstances,
require the Company to refund a portion or all of the collections subsequently received by the Company on particular accounts.
The potential refunds as of the balance sheet date are not considered to be significant.
89
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
15. 401(k) Retirement Plan:
The Company sponsors a defined contribution plan. Under the plan, all employees over eighteen years of age are eligible
to make voluntary contributions to the plan up to 100% of their compensation, subject to Internal Revenue Service limitations,
after completing six months of service, as defined in the plan. The Company makes matching contributions of up to 4% of an
employee’s salary. Total compensation expense related to these contributions was $1.8 million, $1.6 million and $1.5 million for
the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
16. Subsequent Event:
On February 19, 2014, the Company entered into an agreement to acquire the equity of Aktiv Kapital AS (“Aktiv”), a Norway-
based company specializing in the acquisition and servicing of non-performing consumer loans throughout Europe and in Canada.
The purchase price is approximately $880 million plus the assumption of approximately $435 million of Aktiv's corporate debt,
resulting in an acquisition of estimated total enterprise value of $1.3 billion. The transaction is expected to close in the second
quarter of 2014, upon successful completion of customary closing conditions, including approval of the transaction by applicable
competition authorities and its ability to obtain the necessary financing to consummate the transaction.
The Company expects to finance this transaction with a combination of cash, $170 million of seller financing, $435 million
from its domestic, revolving credit facility, and by accessing an accordion feature on its credit facility of up to $214 million. The
Company may choose to use other debt instruments to expand, replace or pay down any of these financing options.
The Company expects Aktiv's Chief Executive Officer and his executive team and the more than 400 Aktiv employees to
join its workforce upon the closing of the transaction.
90
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.
None.
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures.
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures. We maintain disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act
Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our Exchange Act reports
is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that such
information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial
Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. In designing and evaluating the disclosure controls
and procedures, management recognized that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide
only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives, and management necessarily was required to apply its
judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures. Also, projections of any evaluation of
effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or
that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
We conducted an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of our principal executive officer and principal
financial officer, of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report.
Based on this evaluation, the principal executive officer and principal financial officer have concluded that, as of December 31,
2013, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective.
Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. There was no change in our internal control over financial reporting that
occurred during the quarter ended December 31, 2013 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our
internal control over financial reporting.
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our management is responsible for establishing and
maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting is defined in Exchange Act
Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) as a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company’s principal executive and principal
financial officers and effected by the company’s board of directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable
assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial
reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.
Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our principal executive officer and principal
financial officer, we carried out an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the
framework in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (1992) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations (“COSO”)
of the Treadway Commission. Based on its assessment, management has determined that, as of December 31, 2013, its internal
control over financial reporting was effective based on the criteria set forth in the COSO framework. The Company’s independent
registered public accounting firm, KPMG LLP, has issued an audit report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial
reporting as of December 31, 2013, which is included herein.
91
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc.:
We have audited Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based
on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (1992) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations
of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc.’s management is responsible for maintaining effective
internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting,
included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting (Item 9A). Our responsibility
is to express an opinion on Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).
Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control
over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control
over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating
effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we
considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability
of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain
to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets
of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial
statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are
being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable
assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that
could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also,
projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because
of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial
reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (1992) issued by
the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the
consolidated balance sheets of Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the
related consolidated income statements, and statements of comprehensive income, changes in stockholders’ equity , and cash flows
for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2013, and our report dated February 28, 2014 expressed an
unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.
/s/ KPMG LLP
Norfolk, Virginia
February 28, 2014
92
Item 9B. Other Information.
None.
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.
PART III
The information required by Item 10 is incorporated herein by reference to the sections labeled “Security Ownership of
Management and Directors,” “Board of Directors,” “Executive Officers,” “Corporate Governance,” “Committees of the Board of
Directors” and “Report of the Audit Committee” in the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement in connection with the Company’s
2014 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.
Item 11. Executive Compensation.
The information required by Item 11 is incorporated herein by reference to (a) the section labeled “Compensation Discussion
and Analysis” in the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement in connection with the Company’s 2014 Annual Meeting of
Shareholders and (b) the section labeled “Compensation Committee Report” in the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement in
connection with the Company’s 2014 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, which section (and the report contained therein) shall be
deemed to be furnished in this report and shall not be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933
or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as a result of such furnishing in this Item 11.
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management And Related Stockholder Matters.
The information required by Item 12 is incorporated herein by reference to the section labeled “Security Ownership of
Management and Directors” in the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement in connection with the Company’s 2014 Annual Meeting
of Shareholders.
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.
The information required by Item 13 is incorporated herein by reference to the sections labeled “Policies for Approval of
Related Party Transactions” and “Director Independence” in the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement in connection with the
Company’s 2014 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.
Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services.
The information required by Item 14 is incorporated herein by reference to the section labeled “Fees Paid to KPMG LLP”
in the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement in connection with the Company’s 2014 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.
93
Item 15.
Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.
(a) Financial Statements.
PART IV
The following financial statements of the Company are included in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K:
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2013 and 2012
Consolidated Income Statements for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012
and 2011
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Page
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
(b) Exhibits.
2.1
3.1
3.2
4.1
4.2
4.3
10.1
10.2
10.3
10.4
10.5
Equity Exchange Agreement between Portfolio Recovery Associates, L.L.C. and Portfolio Recovery Associates,
Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed
on October 30, 2002).
Seconded Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. (Incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 5, 2011).
Second Amended and Restated By-Laws of Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. (Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 3.2 of the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2009).
Form of Common Stock Certificate (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of Amendment No. 1 to the
Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on October 15, 2002).
Form of Warrant (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement on
Form S-1 filed on October 30, 2002).
Indenture dated August 13, 2013 between Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, National
Association, as trustee (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on
August 14, 2013).
Employment Agreement, dated December 1, 2011, by and between Steven D. Fredrickson and Portfolio Recovery
Associates, Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on
December 28, 2011).
Employment Agreement, dated December 1, 2011, by and between Kevin P. Stevenson and Portfolio Recovery
Associates, Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on
December 28, 2011).
Employment Agreement, dated December 1, 2011, by and between Judith S. Scott and Portfolio Recovery
Associates, Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on
December 28, 2011).
Employment Agreement, dated December 1, 2011, by and between Michael J. Petit and Portfolio Recovery
Associates, Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on
December 28, 2011).
Employment Agreement, dated December 1, 2011, by and between Peter K. McCammon and Portfolio Recovery
Associates, Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on
December 28, 2011).
94
10.6
10.7
10.8
10.9
10.10
10.11
10.12
10.13
10.14
Employment Agreement, dated December 1, 2011, by and between Neal Stern and Portfolio Recovery Associates,
Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 of the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 28, 2011).
Portfolio Recovery Associates 2010 Stock Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 of the Current Report on
Form 8-K filed on June 9, 2010).
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc., Annual Bonus Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 of the Current
Report on Form 8-K filed on June 9, 2010).
Credit Agreement dated as of December 19, 2012 by and among Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc., Portfolio
Recovery Associates, LLC, PRA Holding I, LLC, PRA Location Services, LLC, PRA Government Services, LLC,
PRA Receivables Management, LLC, PRA Holding II, LLC, PRA Holding III, LLC, MuniServices, LLC, PRA
Professional Services, LLC, PRA Financial Services, LLC, Bank of America, N.A. as administrative agent, swing
line lender, and l/c issuer, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. and SunTrust Bank as co-syndication agents, KeyBank, National
Association, as documentation agent, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Wells Fargo Securities,
LLC, and SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc. as joint lead arrangers and joint book managers, and the lenders
named therein. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 20,
2012).
First Amendment to Credit Agreement (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Current Report on Form 8-
K filed on August 6, 2013).
Lender Commitment Agreement dated as of August 21, 2013 by and among Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc.,
and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Quarterly
Report on Form 10-Q filed on November 8, 2013).
Lender Joiner Agreement dated as of August 21, 2013, by and among Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc., Bank of
Hampton Roads, Heritage Bank, Union First Market and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent.
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on November 8, 2013).
2013 Annual Bonus Plan (Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed on
April 19, 2013).
2013 Omnibus Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed
on April 19, 2013).
21.1
Subsidiaries of Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. (filed herewith).
23.1
Consent of KPMG LLP (filed herewith).
24.1
Powers of Attorney (included on signature page) (filed herewith).
31.1
31.2
32.1
Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002 (filed
herewith).
Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002 (filed
herewith).
Certifications of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes Oxley
Act of 2002 (filed herewith).
101.INS
XBRL Instance Document
101.SCH
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
101.CAL
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
101.LAB
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
101.PRE
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document
101.DEF
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
95
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused
this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
SIGNATURES
Date: February 28, 2014
By:
/s/ Steven D. Fredrickson
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc.
(Registrant)
Date: February 28, 2014
Steven D. Fredrickson
President, Chief Executive Officer
and Chairman of the Board
(Principal Executive Officer)
By:
/s/ Kevin P. Stevenson
Kevin P. Stevenson
Chief Financial and Administrative Officer,
Executive Vice President,
Treasurer and Assistant Secretary
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each of the undersigned whose signature appears below constitutes and
appoints Steven D. Fredrickson and Kevin P. Stevenson, his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact, with full power of substitution and
resubstitution for him and on his behalf, and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities to execute and sign any and
all amendments or post-effective amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto,
and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all
that said attorneys-in-fact or any of them or their or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue
hereof and the registrant hereby confers like authority on its behalf.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following
persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
Date: February 28, 2014
Date: February 28, 2014
By:
/s/ Steven D. Fredrickson
Steven D. Fredrickson
President, Chief Executive Officer and
Chairman of the Board
(Principal Executive Officer)
By:
/s/ Kevin P. Stevenson
Kevin P. Stevenson
Chief Financial and Administrative Officer,
Executive Vice President, Treasurer and Assistant
Secretary
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
96
Date: February 28, 2014
By:
/s/ Marjorie M. Connelly
Date: February 28, 2014
Date: February 28, 2014
Marjorie M. Connelly
Director
By:
/s/ John H. Fain
John H. Fain
Director
By:
/s/ Penelope W. Kyle
Penelope W. Kyle
Director
Date: February 28, 2014
By:
/s/ James A. Nussle
James A. Nussle
Director
Date: February 28, 2014
By:
/s/ David N. Roberts
David N. Roberts
Director
Date: February 28, 2014
By:
/s/ Scott M. Tabakin
Date: February 28, 2014
Scott M. Tabakin
Director
By:
/s/ James M. Voss
James M. Voss
Director
97
Exhibit 21.1
SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT
Subsidiaries of the Registrant and Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization:
Portfolio Recovery Associates, LLC - Delaware
PRA Auto Funding, LLC - Virginia
PRA Holding I, LLC - Virginia
PRA Holding II, LLC - Virginia
PRA Holding III, LLC - Virginia (Doing business as PRA Café)
PRA Holding IV, LLC - Virginia
PRA Receivables Management, LLC - Virginia
PRA Location Services, LLC - Delaware
PRA Government Services, LLC - Delaware (Sometimes doing business as RDS and BPA)
MuniServices, LLC - Delaware (Sometimes doing business as PRA Government Services)
Claims Compensation Bureau, LLC - Delaware
PRA Professional Services, LLC - Virginia
PRA Australia Pty Ltd - Australia
PRA U.K. Holding Pty Ltd - United Kingdom (England and Wales)
Mackenzie Hall Holdings, Limited. - United Kingdom (Scotland)
PRA Financial Services, LLC -Virginia
PRA U.K Management Services Ltd - England and Wales
Portfolio Recovery Associates U.K. Ltd -United Kingdom (England and Wales)
Mackenzie Hall Limited - United Kingdom (Scotland)
Mackenzie Hall Debt Purchase Limited -United Kingdom (England and Wales)
Meritforce Limited -United Kingdom (England and Wales)
Exhibit 23.1
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc.:
and the registration statement
10331)
We consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statements
on
of Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. of
our reports dated February 28, 2014, with respect to the consolidated balance sheets of Portfolio Recovery Associates,
Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated income statements, and statements
period
of comprehensive income, changes in stockholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the
ended December 31, 2013, and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013,
which reports appear in the December 31, 2013 annual report on
of Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc.
10330 and
on
/s/ KPMG LLP
Norfolk, Virginia
February 28, 2014
Exhibit 31.1
I, Steven D. Fredrickson, certify that:
1.
2.
3.
4.
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of PORTFOLIO RECOVERY ASSOCIATES, INC.;
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material
fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not
misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly
present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and
for, the periods presented in this report;
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and
procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting
(as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed
under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated
subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is
being prepared;
(b) Designed such internal controls over financial reporting, or caused such internal controls over financial reporting to be
designed under our supervision to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the
preparation of the financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles;
(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our
conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by
this report based on such evaluation; and
(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the
registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has
materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting;
and
5.
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control
over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or
persons performing the equivalent functions):
(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal controls over financial
reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and
report financial information; and
(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the
registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
Date: February 28, 2014
By:
/s/ Steven D. Fredrickson
Steven D. Fredrickson
Chief Executive Officer, President and
Chairman of the Board of Directors
(Principal Executive Officer)
Exhibit 31.2
I, Kevin P. Stevenson, certify that:
1.
2.
3.
4.
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of PORTFOLIO RECOVERY ASSOCIATES, INC.;
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material
fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not
misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly
present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and
for, the periods presented in this report;
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and
procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting
(as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed
under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated
subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is
being prepared;
(b) Designed such internal controls over financial reporting, or caused such internal controls over financial reporting to be
designed under our supervision to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the
preparation of the financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles;
(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our
conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by
this report based on such evaluation; and
(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the
registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has
materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting;
and
5.
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control
over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or
persons performing the equivalent functions):
(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal controls over financial
reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and
report financial information; and
(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the
registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
Date: February 28, 2014
By:
/s/ Kevin P. Stevenson
Kevin P. Stevenson
Chief Financial and Administrative
Officer, Executive Vice President,
Treasurer and Assistant Secretary
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
Exhibit 32.1
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with the Annual Report of Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the fiscal year
ended December 31, 2013 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Steven
D. Fredrickson, Chief Executive Officer, President and Chairman of the Board of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C.
Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of
operations of the Company.
Date: February 28, 2014
By:
/s/ Steven D. Fredrickson
Steven D. Fredrickson
Chief Executive Officer, President and
Chairman of the Board of Directors
(Principal Executive Officer)
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with the Annual Report of Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the fiscal year
ended December 31, 2013 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Kevin P.
Stevenson, Chief Financial and Administrative Officer, Executive Vice President, Treasurer and Assistant Secretary of the
Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002,
that:
(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of
operations of the Company.
Date: February 28, 2014
By:
/s/ Kevin P. Stevenson
Kevin P. Stevenson
Chief Financial and Administrative Officer,
Executive Vice President, Treasurer and
Assistant Secretary
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
Corporate
Information
Stock Exchange Listing
Portfolio Recovery Associates’ common stock has traded
on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol
“PRAA” since the company went public in 2002.
Transfer Agent and Registrar
Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company
17 Battery Place, 8th Floor
New York, New York 10004
Tel.: 212-509-4000
Fax: 212-509-5150
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
KPMG LLP
Norfolk, Virginia
Legal Counsel
Dechert, LLP
New York, New York
Financial Publications/Investor Inquiries
Shareholders may acquire copies of the 2013 Annual
Report or Form 10-K, and other filed documents by visiting
the Company’s website at www.PortfolioRecovery.com or
by writing to us at:
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc.
Attn: Corporate Communications
120 Corporate Blvd., Suite 100
Norfolk, Virginia 23502
Price Range of Common Stock
The following table sets forth the high and low sales
price for the Company’s common stock for the year
ended December 31, 2013.
2013
High
Low
$63.96
$33.68
As of February 18, 2014, there were 77 holders of record
of the company’s common stock. Based on information
provided by our transfer agent and registrar, the company
believes that there were 39,253 beneficial owners of the
common stock as of January 16, 2014.
About Forward-Looking Statements in PRA’s 2013 Annual Report
Statements made in this Annual Report which are not historical, including
statements of PRA’s Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer in his
“Letter to Shareholders,” and other statements expressing an expectation or
belief as to future outcomes or results, including, but not limited to, state-
ments with respect to future revenue and earnings, and statements with
respect to future contributions of Aktiv Kapital; our ability to successfully, if
ever, complete the acquisition of Aktiv Kapital; our ability to fully realize the
expected benefits of the acquisition of Aktiv Kapital; the ability of Aktiv
Kapital, or of any of PRA’s subsidiaries, to contribute to earnings and future
portfolio-purchase opportunities, all of which, are forward-looking state-
ments within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended. These forward-looking statements are based upon manage-
ment’s beliefs, assumptions and expectations of PRA’s future operations and
economic performance, taking into account currently available information.
These statements are not statements of historical fact.
Forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties, some of which
are not currently known to PRA. Actual events or results may differ materially
from those expressed or implied in any such forward-looking statements as
a result of various factors, including the risk factors and other risks that are
described from time to time in PRA’s filings with the Securities and Exchange
Commission including but not limited to the attached Form 10-K for the year
ended December 31, 2013, PRA’s previous annual reports on Form 10-K, its
quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and its current reports on Form 8-K, filed
with the Securities and Exchange Commission and available through PRA’s
website, which contain detailed discussion of PRA’s business, including
risks and uncertainties that may affect future results.
Due to such uncertainties and risks, readers are cautioned not to place
undue reliance on such forward-looking statements, which speak only as of
the dates on which they were made. The content of this Annual Report
includes time-sensitive information, and is accurate as of the April 2014
release of this Annual Report. Information in this document may be super-
seded by recent information or statements, which may be disclosed in later
press releases, subsequent filings with the Securities and Exchange
Commission or otherwise. Except as required by law, PRA assumes no obli-
gation to publicly update or revise its forward-looking statements contained
herein to reflect any change in PRA’s expectations with regard thereto or to
reflect any change in events, conditions or circumstances on which any
such forward-looking statements are based, in whole or in part.
Annual Report Design by Curran & Connors, Inc. / www.curran-connors.com
P O R T F O L I O R E C O V E R Y A S S O C I A T E S , I N C .
120 Corporate Blvd., Suite 100
Norfolk, Virginia 23502